[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

WO2018207247A1 - Liquid crystal display element - Google Patents

Liquid crystal display element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018207247A1
WO2018207247A1 PCT/JP2017/017498 JP2017017498W WO2018207247A1 WO 2018207247 A1 WO2018207247 A1 WO 2018207247A1 JP 2017017498 W JP2017017498 W JP 2017017498W WO 2018207247 A1 WO2018207247 A1 WO 2018207247A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
formula
liquid crystal
preferable
electrode
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/017498
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
丸山 和則
佐々木 剛
Original Assignee
Dic株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Dic株式会社 filed Critical Dic株式会社
Priority to PCT/JP2017/017498 priority Critical patent/WO2018207247A1/en
Publication of WO2018207247A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018207247A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1343Electrodes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/136Liquid crystal cells structurally associated with a semi-conducting layer or substrate, e.g. cells forming part of an integrated circuit
    • G02F1/1362Active matrix addressed cells
    • G02F1/1368Active matrix addressed cells in which the switching element is a three-electrode device

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an IPS mode liquid crystal display device using a nematic crystal composition having a negative dielectric anisotropy.
  • Liquid crystal display elements are used in clocks, calculators, various household electrical devices, measuring devices, automotive panels, word processors, electronic notebooks, printers, computers, televisions, and the like.
  • Typical liquid crystal display methods include TN (twisted nematic) mode, STN (super twisted nematic) mode, DS (dynamic light scattering) mode, GH (guest / host) mode, IPS (in-plane switching). Mode, FFS (fringe field switching) mode, OCB (optical compensation birefringence) mode, ECB (voltage controlled birefringence) mode, VA (vertical alignment) mode, CSH (color super homeotropic) mode, or FLC (ferroelectric) Liquid crystal).
  • IPS mode liquid crystal display elements are widely used for liquid crystal TVs and the like of relatively high grade because they are excellent in view angle characteristics and color reproducibility.
  • the transmittance can be improved by using a liquid crystal composition (n-type liquid crystal composition) in which ⁇ has a negative value in an IPS mode liquid crystal display element, but compared with the case where a p-type liquid crystal composition is used.
  • a liquid crystal composition (n-type liquid crystal composition) in which ⁇ has a negative value in an IPS mode liquid crystal display element, but compared with the case where a p-type liquid crystal composition is used.
  • the dielectric anisotropy is small, the driving voltage is large, and since the rotational viscosity is large, the response speed is also inferior.
  • a liquid crystal panel with high contrast has been demanded. There is a need for a composition.
  • the n-type liquid crystal composition is generally used as a liquid crystal composition for VA.
  • any of the alignment direction, the electric field direction, and the required optical characteristics can be taken. Different. Therefore, even if the n-type composition for the VA mode is simply diverted, it is difficult to construct a high-performance liquid crystal display element as required today, and n optimized for the characteristics required for the IPS mode. There is a need to provide a liquid crystal type liquid crystal composition.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal display using a liquid crystal composition having a negative dielectric constant anisotropy and having a high contrast, a high response speed, and excellent display characteristics in an IPS mode liquid crystal display element.
  • An element is provided.
  • the inventors of the present application have intensively studied to solve the above problems, and found that the above problems can be solved by combining a specific element configuration and a specific liquid crystal composition, and have completed the present invention. .
  • the present invention sandwiches a liquid crystal layer containing a liquid crystal composition between the first substrate, the second substrate, and the first substrate and the second substrate that are disposed opposite to each other, A first electrode on the first substrate; a plurality of gate bus lines and data bus lines arranged in a matrix; A thin film transistor provided at an intersection of the gate bus line and the data bus line, and a second electrode driven by the transistor for each pixel; Having an alignment film layer for inducing homogeneous alignment between the liquid crystal layer and the first substrate and / or the second substrate;
  • the distance between the first electrode and the second electrode: G and the thickness of the liquid crystal layer: H satisfy the relationship G ⁇ H,
  • the liquid crystal composition has a negative dielectric anisotropy and a bend elastic constant (K 33 ) of 17 pN or more.
  • the liquid crystal display element of the IPS mode of the present invention has high contrast, fast response speed, and excellent display characteristics.
  • FIG. 2 The figure which shows typically an example of a structure of the liquid crystal display element of this invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display element shown in FIG. 1 taken along the line III-III in FIG.
  • the figure which shows typically the orientation direction of the liquid crystal induced by the orientation film 4 An enlarged plan view of the electrode configuration of a liquid crystal display element Sectional drawing of the other example which cut
  • the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is a combination of specific liquid crystal compositions. First, embodiments of the liquid crystal composition in the present invention will be described.
  • the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is a liquid crystal composition having a negative dielectric anisotropy having a bend elastic constant (K 33 ) of 17 pN or more.
  • the behavior of liquid crystal molecules is explained by three modes: spray (spread), twist (twist) and bend (bend) in response to an external electric field.
  • the splay elastic constant (K 11 ) is an elastic constant corresponding to the splay mode
  • the twist elastic constant (K 22 ) is an elastic constant corresponding to the twist mode
  • the IPS mode is a transverse electric field mode that uses an electric field generated in the horizontal direction with respect to the substrate.
  • a liquid crystal composition having a negative ⁇ is applied to a transverse electric field type liquid crystal display element, an alignment film that induces homogeneous alignment, etc.
  • the liquid crystal molecules are aligned so as to be parallel to the substrate surface.
  • the alignment state in the initial alignment state is excellent, and the alignment fluctuation of the liquid crystal molecules is small. It is thought that it is to become.
  • the major axis direction of the liquid crystal molecules is aligned horizontally with respect to the substrate, and the liquid crystal molecules are rotated in the horizontal direction by applying a voltage to drive the liquid crystal.
  • the variation in orientation in the direction is one factor that affects the characteristics of the display element.
  • the orientation of the liquid crystal molecules is excellent, resulting in display. It is considered that the blackness of the element is excellent and affects the improvement of contrast.
  • the bend elastic constant (K 33 ) is preferably 17.0 pN or more, preferably 17.2 pN or more, preferably 17.4 pN or more, preferably 17.6 pN or more, preferably 17.8 pN or more, preferably 18.0 pN or more.
  • composition of the present invention preferably contains one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3). These compounds correspond to dielectrically negative compounds (the sign of ⁇ is negative and the absolute value is greater than 2).
  • R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or non-adjacent 2 in the alkyl group
  • Two or more —CH 2 — may be each independently substituted by —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—
  • a N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31, and A N32 are each independently (a) a 1,4-cyclohexylene group (one —CH 2 — or adjacent to each other in this group).
  • —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—
  • (D) represents a group selected from the group consisting of 1,4-cyclohexenylene groups, and the groups (a), (b), (c) and (d) are each independently a cyano group, It may be substituted with a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 and Z N32 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—.
  • XN21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom
  • T N31 represents —CH 2 — or an oxygen atom
  • n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31, and n N32 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, but n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22, and n N31 + n N32 are each independently When there are a plurality of A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 , they may be the same or different.
  • the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) are preferably compounds having a negative ⁇ and an absolute value larger than 3.
  • R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 each independently represent 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • An alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • An alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms (propenyl group
  • the ring structure to which it is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic)
  • An alkenyl group having 4 to 5 atoms is preferable
  • the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane
  • a straight-chain alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a straight-chain alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred.
  • the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present is preferably 5 or less, and is preferably linear.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably selected from groups represented by any of the formulas (R1) to (R9).
  • the black dot in each formula represents a carbon atom in the ring structure or an oxygen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the ring structure.
  • the liquid crystal composition of the present invention includes at least one of R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31, and R N32 in the general formulas (N-1), (N-2), and (N-3).
  • R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31, and R N32 in the general formulas (N-1), (N-2), and (N-3).
  • N-1 the general formulas (N-1), (N-2), and (N-3).
  • R Nd1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • m Nd represents an integer of 0 to 5
  • a black dot in the formula represents a carbon atom in the ring structure or a carbon in the ring structure. Represents an oxygen atom bonded to an atom.
  • the number of ring structures in the molecule is 3 or more, that is, the general formula (N-1) having a group represented by the formula (NRd), ( In the compounds represented by N-2) and (N-3), n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 and n N31 + n N32 preferably represent 2 or 3.
  • the content of the compound having a group represented by the formula (NRd) and having 3 or more ring structures in the molecule is preferably 3% or more, preferably 5% or more, 7%
  • the above is preferable, 10% or more is preferable, 13% or more is preferable, 15% or more is preferable, 20% or more is preferable, 50% or less is preferable, 40% or less is preferable, and 30% or less is preferable.
  • a N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31, and A N32 are preferably aromatic when it is required to increase ⁇ n independently, and in order to improve the response speed, fat
  • fat Preferably a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5 -Difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1 , 4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group Preferred, it is more preferable that represents the following
  • it represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
  • Z N11, Z N12, Z N21 , Z N22, Z N31 and Z N32 -CH 2 each independently O -, - CF 2 O - , - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF 2 CF 2 - or a single bond preferably represents an, -CH 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 - or a single bond is more preferable, -CH 2 O-or a single bond is particularly preferred.
  • XN21 is preferably a fluorine atom.
  • T N31 is preferably an oxygen atom.
  • n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 and n N31 + n N32 are preferably 1 or 2, a combination in which n N11 is 1 and n N12 is 0, a combination in which n N11 is 2 and n N12 is 0, n A combination in which N11 is 1 and n N12 is 1, a combination in which n N11 is 2 and n N12 is 1, a combination in which n N21 is 1 and n N22 is 0, n N21 is 2 and n N22 is n A combination in which n N31 is 1 and n N32 is 0, and a combination in which n N31 is 2 and n N32 is 0 are preferable.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 10%, 20%, 30% , 40%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, and 80%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, 25%, 20% It is.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 10%, 20%, 30% , 40%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, and 80%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, 25%, 20% It is.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 10%, 20%, 30% , 40%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, and 80%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, 25%, 20% It is.
  • the above lower limit value is preferably low and the upper limit value is preferably low. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention keeps Tni high and a composition having good temperature stability is required, the above lower limit value is preferably low and the upper limit value is preferably low. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is increased and the upper limit value is high.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1) preferably contains one or more compounds represented by the general formula (N-11) and the general formula (N-12).
  • R N11 , R N12 , A N11 , A N12 , Z N11 , Z N12 , n N11 and n N12 are each independently R N11 , R N12 , A N11 , A in the general formula (N-1).
  • N12, Z N11, Z N12, n represents the same meaning as N11 and n N121
  • a N121 and a N212 each independently represent the same meaning as a N11 in the general formula (n-1)
  • n N121 and n N122 Each independently represents 0, 1 or 2, but n N121 + n N122 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3.
  • Examples of the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-11) and (N-12) include compounds represented by the following general formulas (N-1a) to (N-1g).
  • R N11 and R N12 are as defined R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1), n Na11 represents 0 or 1, n NB11 represents 0 or 1, n NC11 is Represents 0 or 1, n Nd11 represents 1 or 2, n Ne11 represents 1 or 2, n Ng11 represents 1 or 2, A Ne11 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or 1,4 Represents a phenylene group, and A Ng11 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, at least one of which is a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group Z Ne 11 represents a single bond or ethylene, but at least one represents ethylene.)
  • the general formula (N-1e) is preferably the general formula (N-1e-1) and the general formula (N-1e-2).
  • R N11 and R N12 are as defined R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1)
  • n Ne11 are as defined n NE11 in formula (N-1e)
  • n Ne13 represents 0 or 1
  • n Ne12 + n Ne13 represents 1 or 2.
  • the compounds represented by general formula (N-11) and general formula (N-12) are more specifically represented by general formulas (N-1-1) to (N-1-21). It is preferable that it is a compound chosen from the compound group represented by this.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) is the following compound.
  • R N111 and R N112 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).
  • R N111 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably a propyl group, a pentyl group or a vinyl group.
  • RN112 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-1) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 50%, 40%, 38%, 35%, 33%, 30%, and 28% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, 6% %, 5%, 3%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-1.1) to the formula (N-1-1.22).
  • it is a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.4), and the formula (N-1-1.1) and the formula (N
  • the compound represented by -1-1.3) is preferable.
  • the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.22) can be used alone or in combination.
  • the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%, 23% 25% 27% 30% 33% 35%
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 50%, 40%, 38%, 35%, 33%, 30%, and 28% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, 6% %, 5%, 3%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) is the following compound.
  • R N121 and R N122 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).
  • RN121 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group or a pentyl group.
  • RN122 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and includes a methyl group, a propyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, or a propoxy group. preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 7%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%, 37% 40% and 42%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 50%, 48%, 45%, 43%, 40%, 38%, and 35% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 33%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% %, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-2.1) to the formula (N-1-2.22). It is preferable that the formula (N-1-2.3) to the formula (N-1-2.7), the formula (N-1-2.10), the formula (N-1-2.11), the formula A compound represented by formula (N-1-2.13) and formula (N-1-2.20) is preferred.
  • formula (N-1-2.3) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.7) from when emphasizing improvements in T NI formula (N-1-2.10), formula (N-1-2.11) And a compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.13), and when emphasizing improvement in response speed, the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.20) Is preferred.
  • the compounds represented by formula (N-1-2.1) to formula (N-1-2.22) can be used alone or in combination.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount of is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%, 23 %, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, and 35%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 50%, 40%, 38%, 35%, 33%, 30%, and 28% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, 6% %, 5%, 3%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) is the following compound.
  • R N131 and R N132 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).
  • R N131 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N132 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably a 1-propenyl group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group. .
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-3.1) to the formula (N-1-3.21). It is preferably a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.7) and the formula (N-1-3.21). -1-3.1), formula (N-1-3.2), formula (N-1-3.3), formula (N-1-3.4) and formula (N-1-3.6) ) Is preferred.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) is the following compound.
  • R N141 and R N142 each independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N).
  • R N141 and R N142 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms carbon atoms 4-5 preferably a methyl group, a propyl group, an ethoxy Group or butoxy group is preferred.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-4) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 3%, 5%, 7%, 10% 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, 13%, 11%, 10%, and 8%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-4.1) to the formula (N-1-4.14).
  • it is a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.4), and the formula (N-1-4.1) and the formula (N -1-4.2) and compounds represented by formula (N-1-4.4) are preferred.
  • the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.14) can be used alone or in combination, but the compounds of the present invention
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount is 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17% And 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, 13%, 11%, 10%, and 8%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) is the following compound.
  • R N151 and R N152 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).
  • R N151 and R N152 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. Is preferred.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 8%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 33%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, and 20% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 18%, 15% and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-5.1) to the formula (N-1-5.6). It is preferable that the compound represented by formula (N-1-5.1), formula (N-1-5.2) and formula (N-1-5.4) is preferable.
  • the compounds represented by formula (N-1-5.1), formula (N-1-5.2) and formula (N-1-5.4) may be used alone or in combination.
  • the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 33%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, and 20% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 18%, 15% and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) is the following compound.
  • R N1101 and R N1102 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).
  • R N1101 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group.
  • R N1102 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-10) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-10.1) to the formula (N-1-10.19). Are preferably represented by the formulas (N-1-10.1) to (N-1-10.5), the formula (N-1-10.16), and the formula (N-1-10.17). And the compounds of the formula (N-1-10.1), formula (N-1-10.2), formula (N-1-10.16) and formula (N-1-10.17) are preferred. ) Is preferred.
  • the compounds represented by formula (N-1-10.1), formula (N-1-10.2), formula (N-1-10.16) and formula (N-1-10.17) are used alone Can be used in combination or in combination, but the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10% 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) is the following compound.
  • R N1111 and R N1112 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).
  • R N1111 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group.
  • R N1112 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-11) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-11.1) to the formula (N-1-11.14).
  • it is represented by the formula (N-1-11.2), the formula (N-1-11.4), the formula (N-1-11.13) and the formula (N-1-11.14).
  • N-1-1-11.2 the formula represented by the formula represented by the formula (N-1-11.4)
  • N-1-11.13 the formula (N-1-11.14).
  • the compounds represented by formula (N-1-11.2), formula (N-1-11.4), formula (N-1-11.17) and formula (N-1-11.18) are singly Can be used in combination or in combination, but the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10% 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-12) is the following compound.
  • R N1121 and R N1122 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).
  • RN1121 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • RN1122 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-12) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-12) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-13) is the following compound.
  • R N1131 and R N1132 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).
  • R N1131 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N1132 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-13) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-13) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-14) is the following compound.
  • R N1141 and R N1142 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N).
  • R N1141 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N1142 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-14) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-14) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-15) is the following compound.
  • R N1151 and R N1152 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).
  • RN1151 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N1152 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-15) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-15) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-16) is the following compound.
  • R N1161 and R N1162 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).
  • R N1161 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N1162 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-16) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-16) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-17) is the following compound.
  • R N1171 and R N1172 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N)).
  • RN1171 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N1172 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-17) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-17) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-18) is the following compound. Since the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-18) has a long molecular length and rigidity, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-18) is contained from the viewpoint of improving contrast. It is preferable to do.
  • R N1181 and R N1182 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N)).
  • RN1181 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N1182 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-18) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-18) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-18) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-18.1) to the formula (N-1-18.5).
  • it is a compound represented by the formulas (N-18.1. 1) to (N-1-11.3), and is preferably a compound represented by the formula (N-1-18.2) or the formula (N- The compound represented by 1-18.3) is preferred.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-20) is the following compound.
  • R N1201 and R N1202 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N)).
  • R N1201 and R N1202 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-20) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-20) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-21) is the following compound.
  • R N1211 and R N1212 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).
  • R N1211 and R N1212 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-21) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-21) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-22) is the following compound.
  • R N1221 and R N1222 each independently represent the same meaning as RN11 and RN12 in General Formula (N)).
  • R N1221 and R N1222 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-22) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-21) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, 13%, 10%, 5%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-22) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-22.1) to the formula (N-1-22.12).
  • it is a compound represented by formulas (N-1-22.1) to (N-1-22.5), and preferably represented by formulas (N-1-22.1) to (N- The compound represented by 1-22.4) is preferred.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-2) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (N-2a), the general formula (N-2b) or the general formula (N-2c).
  • R N21, R N22, Z N21 and X N21 represent the same meaning as R N21, R N22, Z N21 and X N21 in the general formula (N-2) each independently
  • a N211 and A N212 each independently represents a 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, but one —CH 2 — present in the 1,4-cyclohexylene group or not adjacent 2
  • One or more —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O— or —S—
  • one hydrogen atom present in the 1,4-phenylene group is each independently replaced by a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom.
  • Z N211 and Z N212 each independently represent a single bond, -OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - OCF 2 -, - CF 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 - or -CF 2 CF 2 - represents a.
  • Z N21 represents a single bond, -OCH 2 -, - preferably represents a CH 2 O- or -CH 2 CH 2.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-2c) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (N-2c-1) to general formula (N-2c-6).
  • R N21 and R N22 each independently represent the same meaning as R N21 and R N22 in formula (N-2).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-3) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (N-3a), the general formula (N-3b), or the general formula (N-3c).
  • R N31 , R N32 and Z N31 each independently represent the same meaning as R N31 , R N32 and Z N31 in formula (N-3), and A N311 and A N312 each independently 1 —CH 2 — represents a 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, and one —CH 2 — present in the 1,4-cyclohexylene group or two or more —CH 2 not adjacent to each other — May be replaced by —O— or —S—, and one hydrogen atom present in the 1,4-phenylene group may be independently replaced by a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, and Z N 311 And Z N 312 each independently represents a single bond, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH 2 CH 2 — or —CF 2 CF 2 —.
  • Z N 311 And Z N 312 each independently represents a single bond, —OCH
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-3c) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (N-3c-1) to general formula (N-3c-3).
  • a compound represented by the general formula (N-3c-1) is more preferable.
  • R N31 and R N32 each independently represent the same meaning as R N31 and R N32 in formula (N-3).
  • R N31 and R N32 are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably a propyl group or a pentyl group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-3c-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the content When emphasizing the improvement of ⁇ , it is preferable to set the content higher. When emphasizing the solubility at low temperatures, it is more effective to set a larger content. When emphasizing TNI, the content is preferably increased. Setting it to a small value is highly effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-3c-1) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 3%, 5%, 10%, 13% , 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, and 35%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 50%, 40%, 38%, 35%, 33%, 30%, and 28% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, 6% % And 5%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-3c-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-3c-1.1) to the formula (N-3c-1.3). Preferably there is.
  • liquid crystal composition of the present invention contains two or more compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1) to (N-3), it is represented by the general formulas (N-1) to (N-3). May contain two or more compounds selected from only one of the formulas, or two or more selected from the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1) to (N-3) You may contain 2 or more types of compounds chosen from a formula.
  • the liquid crystal composition of the present invention preferably contains one or more compounds represented by general formula (N-1), and is represented by general formula (N-11) or general formula (N-12). It is preferable to contain 1 type, or 2 or more types of compound to be made, and it is more preferable to contain 2 to 10 types. Specifically, it is preferable to contain one or more compounds selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (N-1-a) to (N-1-f). A combination of compounds represented by (N-1-a) to general formula (N-1-f) is more preferable.
  • N-1-1-1 A combination of compounds represented by formula (N-1-1) to general formula (N-1-21) is more preferable.
  • general formula (N-1-1), general formula (N-1-2), general formula (N-1-3), general formula (N-1-4), general formula (N- 1-5), one or two compounds selected from the group of compounds represented by general formula (N-1-10), general formula (N-1-11), and general formula (N-1-18) It is preferable to contain more than one species, and the general formula (N-1-1), general formula (N-1-2), general formula (N-1-3), general formula (N-1-4), general formula A combination of compounds represented by (N-1-5), general formula (N-1-10), general formula (N-1-11), and general formula (N-1-18) is preferable.
  • one or two compounds selected from the compound group represented by formula (N-1-10), formula (N-1-11) and formula (N-1-18) are used. It is preferable to contain more than one species, and a combination of compounds represented by general formula (N-1-10), general formula (N-1-11) and general formula (N-1-18) is preferable.
  • one or more compounds selected from the compound group represented by the general formula (N-1-11.17), the general formula (N-1-11.18), and the general formula (N-1-18) It is preferable to contain two or more kinds, and it is a combination of the compounds of the general formula (N-1-11.17), general formula (N-1-11.18), and general formula (N-1-18). preferable.
  • the total amount of the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1) to (N-3) is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, more preferably 15 to 90% by mass, and 20 to 90% by mass. More preferably, 20 to 80% by mass is further preferable, 30 to 80% by mass is further preferable, 45 to 80% by mass is further preferable, and 45 to 75% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the total content of the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1) to (N-3) is preferably 1% or more as a lower limit in the composition, preferably 5% Or more, preferably 10% or more, preferably 13% or more, preferably 15% or more, preferably 18% or more, preferably 20% or more, preferably 23% or more, preferably 25% or more, and 28% or more
  • 30% or more is preferable, 33% or more is preferable, 35% or more is preferable, 38% or more is preferable, and 40% or more is preferable.
  • the upper limit value is preferably 95% or less, preferably 90% or less, preferably 88% or less, preferably 85% or less, preferably 83% or less, preferably 80% or less, and preferably 78% or less. 75% or less, preferably 73% or less, preferably 70% or less, preferably 68% or less, preferably 65% or less, preferably 63% or less, preferably 60% or less, preferably 55% or less, 50 % Or less is preferable, and 40% or less is preferable.
  • the total amount of the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-11.17) and the general formula (N-1-11.18) may be 1% or more as a lower limit in the composition.
  • 5% or more is contained, preferably 10% or more, preferably 13% or more, preferably 15% or more, preferably 18% or more, preferably 20% or more
  • the upper limit value is preferably 95% or less, preferably 90% or less, preferably 88% or less, preferably 85% or less, and preferably 83% or less.
  • the total amount of the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-11.17), the general formula (N-1-11.18), and the general formula (N-1-18) is The lower limit is preferably 1% or more, preferably 5% or more, preferably 10% or more, preferably 13% or more, preferably 15% or more, 18 %, Preferably 20% or more, preferably 23% or more, preferably 25% or more, preferably 28% or more, 30% or more. It is preferable to contain 33% or more, preferably 35% or more. Further, the upper limit is preferably 80% or less, preferably 78% or less, preferably 75% or less, preferably 73% or less, and preferably 70% or less. 68% or less, preferably 65% or less, preferably 63% or less, preferably 60% or less, preferably 55% or less, preferably 50% or less The content is preferably 40% or less.
  • the liquid crystal composition of the present invention preferably contains one or more compounds represented by the general formula (L).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L) corresponds to a dielectrically neutral compound ( ⁇ value is ⁇ 2 to 2).
  • R L1 and R L2 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl group are each independently Optionally substituted by —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, n L1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3,
  • a L1 , A L2 and A L3 each independently represent (a) a 1,4-cyclohexylene group (one —CH 2 — present in the group or two or more —CH 2 — not adjacent to each other).
  • the group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom
  • n L1 is 2 or 3
  • a plurality of A L2 are present, they may be the same or different, and when n L1 is 2 or 3, and a plurality of Z L3 are present, May be the same or different, but excludes compounds represented by general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3).
  • the compound represented by general formula (L) may be used independently, it can also be used in combination.
  • the types of compounds that can be combined but they are used in appropriate combinations according to desired properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L) is low-temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, image sticking, It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to required performance such as dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40 %, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, and 25%.
  • the above lower limit value is preferably high and the upper limit value is preferably high. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention maintains a high Tni and requires a composition having good temperature stability, the above lower limit value is preferably high and the upper limit value is preferably high. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is lowered and the upper limit value is low.
  • R L1 and R L2 are preferably both alkyl groups, and when importance is placed on reducing the volatility of the compound, it is preferably an alkoxy group, and importance is placed on viscosity reduction. In this case, at least one is preferably an alkenyl group.
  • the number of halogen atoms present in the molecule is preferably 0, 1, 2 or 3, preferably 0 or 1, and 1 is preferred when importance is attached to compatibility with other liquid crystal molecules.
  • R L1 and R L2 are each a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a linear alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms when the ring structure to which R L1 is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic).
  • a phenyl group aromatic
  • Alkyl groups, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and linear alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred.
  • the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present, is preferably 5 or less, and is preferably linear.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably selected from groups represented by any of the formulas (R1) to (R9).
  • the black dot in each formula represents a carbon atom in the ring structure or an oxygen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the ring structure.
  • R L1 and R L2 are not particularly limited, but both represent an alkyl group, one represents an alkyl group, the other represents an alkenyl group, or one represents an alkyl group, and the other Preferably represents an alkoxy group, or one of them represents an alkyl group, and the other represents an alkenyloxy group.
  • R L1 and R L2 are preferably both alkyl groups, and when importance is placed on reducing the volatility of the compound, it is preferably an alkoxy group, and importance is placed on viscosity reduction. In this case, at least one is preferably an alkenyl group.
  • R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L) are represented by the following formula (LRd):
  • R Ld1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • m Ld represents an integer of 0 to 5
  • a black dot in the formula represents a carbon atom in the ring structure or a carbon atom in the ring structure. Represents an oxygen atom bonded to an atom.
  • the number of ring structures in the molecule is 3 or more, that is, m 41 in the compound represented by the general formula (L) is 1 or 2.
  • the total content of compounds having a group represented by the formula (LRd) and having 3 or more ring structures in the molecule is preferably 1% or more as a lower limit in the liquid crystal composition. 3% or more is preferable, 5% or more is preferable, 10% or more is preferable, 15% or more is preferable, 18% or more is preferable, 20% or more is preferable, and the upper limit value is preferably 40% or less. % Or less is preferable.
  • n L1 is preferably 0 when importance is attached to the response speed, 2 or 3 is preferred for improving the upper limit temperature of the nematic phase, and 1 is preferred for balancing these. In order to satisfy the properties required for the composition, it is preferable to combine compounds having different values.
  • a L1 , A L2, and A L3 are preferably aromatic when it is required to increase ⁇ n, and are preferably aliphatic for improving the response speed, and are each independently trans- 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6 -It preferably represents a diyl group or a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, and more preferably represents the following structure:
  • it represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
  • Z L1 and Z L2 are each independently a single bond, —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O— , -OCF 2 - or -CF 2 O-, a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCF 2 - or -CF 2 O-are more preferably a single bond in the case of emphasizing the response speed It is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L) preferably has 0 or 1 halogen atom in the molecule.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L) contains one or more compounds represented by the general formula (La).
  • R L1 and R L2 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L), and A La1 represents a 1,4-phenylene group or a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group. And k La1 represents 1 or 2, but when k La1 is 2, two A La1 may be the same or different.
  • the total content of the compound represented by the general formula (La) is preferably 1% by mass to 80% by mass, preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass, and 1% by mass to 60% by mass. %, Preferably 10% to 50% by weight, preferably 10% to 40% by weight, and preferably 15% to 40% by weight.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (La) is 0.5% by mass as a lower limit in the composition (hereinafter,% in the composition represents mass%). It is preferable to contain 1% or more, preferably 3% or more, preferably 5% or more, preferably 8% or more, preferably 10% or more. Preferably, it contains 13% or more, preferably contains 15% or more, preferably contains 18% or more, and preferably contains 20% or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80% or less, preferably 70% or less, preferably 65% or less, preferably 60% or less, and preferably 55% or less. 50% or less, preferably 45% or less, preferably 40% or less, preferably 38% or less, preferably 35% or less, preferably 33% or less It is preferable to contain 30% or less, preferably 28% or less, and preferably 25% or less.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formulas (L-1) to (L-7).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is the following compound.
  • R L11 and R L12 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).
  • R L11 and R L12 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, and 15% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, and 55%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 95%, 90%, 85%, 80%, 75%, 70%, 65%, based on the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%.
  • the above lower limit value is preferably high and the upper limit value is preferably high. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention requires a high Tni and a composition having good temperature stability, it is preferable that the lower limit value is moderate and the upper limit value is moderate. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the lower limit value is low and the upper limit value is low.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-1). In order to obtain a large elastic constant, it is preferable to contain a larger amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-1).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (L-1-1.1) to the formula (L-1-1.3). And is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-1-1.2) or formula (L-1-1.3), and particularly represented by formula (L-1-1.3). It is preferable that it is a compound.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, and 10%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, and 6% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 5%, 3%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-2). In order to obtain a low viscosity or a low rotational viscosity, it is preferable to contain a larger amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-2).
  • R L12 represents the same meaning as in general formula (L-1).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 15% 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 35%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 42%, 40%, and 38% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 33%, and 30%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (L-1-2.1) to the formula (L-1-2.4).
  • it is a compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) to the formula (L-1-2.4).
  • the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) is preferable because the response speed of the composition of the present invention is particularly improved.
  • it is preferable to use a compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.3) or the formula (L-1-2.4).
  • the content of the compounds represented by formula (L-1-2.3) and formula (L-1-2.4) is not preferably 30% or more in order to improve the solubility at low temperatures.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 10%, 15%, 18%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%, 38%, and 40%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 43%, 40%, and 38% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 32%, 30%, 27%, 25%, and 22%.
  • the lower limit of the preferable total content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) and the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention The values are 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 35% and 40%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 43%, 40%, and 38% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 32%, 30%, 27%, 25%, and 22%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-3).
  • R L13 and R L14 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R L13 and R L14 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 30%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 37%, and 35% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 33%, 30%, 27%, 25%, 23%, 23%, 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10% %.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) to the formula (L-1-3.12).
  • the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) is preferable because the response speed of the composition of the present invention is particularly improved. Further, when obtaining Tni higher than the response speed, the equation (L-1-3.3), the equation (L-1-3.4), the equation (L-1-3.11), and the equation (L ⁇ It is preferable to use a compound represented by 1-3.12). Sum of compounds represented by formula (L-1-3.3), formula (L-1-3.4), formula (L-1-3.11) and formula (L-1-3.12) The content of is not preferably 20% or more in order to improve the solubility at low temperatures.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, and 7% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. % And 6%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-4) and / or (L-1-5).
  • R L15 and R L16 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R L15 and R L16 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 25%, 23%, 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, and 10% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 25%, 23%, 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, and 10% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %.
  • the compounds represented by the general formulas (L-1-4) and (L-1-5) are represented by the formulas (L-1-4.1) to (L-1-5.3).
  • a compound represented by the formula (L-1-4.2) or the formula (L-1-5.2) is preferable.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4.2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, and 7% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. % And 6%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-6).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-6) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 15% 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 35%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 42%, 40%, and 38% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 33%, and 30%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-6) is a compound selected from the compound group represented by the formula (L-1-6.1) to the formula (L-1-6.3). Preferably there is.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-2) is the following compound.
  • R L21 and R L22 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).
  • R L21 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R L22 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom.
  • An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7% and 10%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, and 6% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 5%, 3%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-2) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (L-2.1) to (L-2.6).
  • a compound represented by formula (L-2.1), formula (L-2.3), formula (L-2.4) and formula (L-2.6) is preferred.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-3) is the following compound.
  • R L31 and R L32 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L).
  • R L31 and R L32 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-3) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7% and 10%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, and 6% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 5%, 3%.
  • the effect is high when the content is set to be large.
  • the effect is high when the content is set low.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (L-3.1) to (L-3.4).
  • a compound represented by the formula (L-3.7) from (L-3.2) is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is the following compound.
  • R L41 and R L42 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L).
  • R L41 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R L42 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom.
  • An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is low-temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, It is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%, 23%, 26%, 30%, 35%, 40% .
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 50%, 40%, 35%, and 30%. 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is, for example, a compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) to the formula (L-4.3) or the formula (L-4.11). preferable.
  • the formula (L-4.2) Even if it contains a compound represented by formula (L-4.1), it contains both a compound represented by formula (L-4.1) and a compound represented by formula (L-4.2). Or all of the compounds represented by formulas (L-4.1) to (L-4.3) may be included.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by formula (L-4.1) or formula (L-4.2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 3%, Yes, 7%, 9%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 18%, 21%, and the preferred upper limit is 45, 40% , 35%, 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8% .
  • the amount of both compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is The lower limit of the preferred content is 15%, 19%, 24%, and 30%, and the preferred upper limit is 45, 40%, 35%, and 30%. Yes, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is preferably, for example, a compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) to the formula (L-4.6). It is preferable that it is a compound represented by this.
  • the formula (L -4.5) contains both the compound represented by formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by formula (L-4.5). May be.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) or the formula (L-4.5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 3%, Yes, 7%, 9%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 18%, 21%.
  • Preferred upper limit values are 45, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13% %, 10%, and 8%.
  • the amount of both compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is The lower limit of the preferred content is 15%, 19%, 24%, and 30%, and the preferred upper limit is 45, 40%, 35%, and 30%. Yes, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-4.7) to the formula (L-4.10), and particularly the formula (L-4.
  • the compound represented by 9) is preferred.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is the following compound.
  • R L51 and R L52 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).
  • R L51 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R L52 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom.
  • An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) includes solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence index, process suitability, dripping marks, It is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%, 23%, 26%, 30%, 35%, 40% .
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 50%, 40%, 35%, and 30%. , 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is represented by the formula (L-5.1) or the formula (L-5.2).
  • the compound represented by formula (L-5.1) is particularly desirable.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, and 7%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is represented by the formula (L-5.3) or (L-5.4).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, and 7%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (L-5.5) to the formula (L-5.7).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, and 7%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is the following compound.
  • R L61 and R L62 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L), and X L61 and X L62 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom.
  • R L61 and R L62 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and one of X L61 and X L62 is a fluorine atom and the other is a hydrogen atom. Is preferred.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-6) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%, 23%, 26%, 30%, 35%, 40% .
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-6) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 50%, 40%, 35%, and 30%. 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-6.1) to the formula (L-6.9).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is preferably, for example, a compound represented by the formula (L-6.10) to the formula (L-6.17).
  • a compound represented by L-6.11) is preferable.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, and 7%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is the following compound.
  • R L71 and R L72 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in Formula (L), A L71 and A L72 is A L2 and in the general formula (L) independently A L3 represents the same meaning, but the hydrogen atoms on A L71 and A L72 may be each independently substituted with a fluorine atom, Z L71 represents the same meaning as Z L2 in formula (L), X L71 and X L72 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom.
  • R L71 and R L72 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and
  • a L71 and A L72 Are each independently preferably a 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, the hydrogen atoms on A L71 and A L72 may be each independently substituted with a fluorine atom, and
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, and four kinds.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) includes solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence index, process suitability, dripping marks, It is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-7) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-7) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 30%, 25%, 23%, and 20%. 18%, 15%, 10%, 5%.
  • the content of the compound represented by formula (L-7) is preferably increased, and when an embodiment with low viscosity is desired, the content is It is preferable to reduce the amount.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.1) to the formula (L-7.4), and the formula (L-7. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 2).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.11) to the formula (L-7.13). It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 11).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is a compound represented by the formula (L-7.21) to the formula (L-7.23).
  • a compound represented by formula (L-7.21) is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.31) to the formula (L-7.34), and the formula (L-7. 31) or / and a compound represented by the formula (L-7.32).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.41) to the formula (L-7.44), and the formula (L-7. 41) or / and a compound represented by formula (L-7.42).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.51) to the formula (L-7.53).
  • the 1,4-cyclohexylene group in the present application is preferably a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group.
  • the liquid crystal composition of the present invention preferably contains one or more compounds selected from the compound group represented by formulas (L-1) to (L-7). -1) to a combination of compounds represented by formula (L-7) is more preferable. Specifically, it is preferable to contain one or more compounds selected from the compound group represented by general formula (L-1), general formula (L-4) and general formula (L-5). A combination of the compounds represented by formula (L-1), formula (L-4) and formula (L-5) is preferable.
  • the total content of the compounds represented by general formula (L-1), general formula (L-4) and general formula (L-5) may be 1% or more as the lower limit in the composition.
  • 5% or more preferably 10% or more, preferably 13% or more, preferably 15% or more, preferably 18% or more, preferably 20% or more, preferably 23% or more, preferably 25% or more, 28% or more is preferable, 30% or more is preferable, 33% or more is preferable, 35% or more is preferable, 38% or more is preferable, and 40% or more is preferable.
  • 95% or less is preferable, 90% or less is preferable, 88% or less is preferable, 85% or less is preferable, 83% or less is preferable, 80% or less is preferable, 78% or less is preferable, 75%
  • 73% or less is preferred, 70% or less is preferred, 68% or less is preferred, 65% or less is preferred, 63% or less is preferred, 60% or less is preferred, 55% or less is preferred, 50% or less is preferred Preferably, it is 40% or less.
  • the total amount of the compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (N-1) to (N-3) and the compound represented by formula (L) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention The lower limit values are 80%, 85%, 88%, 90%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97 %, 98%, 99%, 100%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 100%, 99%, 98%, 95%, 90%, 85%, and 80%.
  • a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (N-1a) to (N-1f) and a compound represented by formula (L) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (N-1a) to (N-1f) and a compound represented by formula (L) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the total amount is 80%, 85%, 88%, 90%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96% 97%, 98%, 99%, 100%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 100%, 99%, 98%, 95%, 90%, 85%, and 80%.
  • the total amount of the compound represented by 3) and the compound represented by the general formula (L) having a group represented by the general formula (LRd) and having three or more ring structures in the molecule When the Tni of the liquid crystal composition is 85 ° C. or lower, the lower limit value is preferably 8% or more, preferably 10% or more, preferably 15% or more, preferably 18% or more, and 20% or more. It is preferably 25% or more, preferably 30% or more, and the upper limit is 80% or less, 70% or less, 60% or less, and 50% or less.
  • Tni of the liquid crystal composition is greater than 85 ° C. and 95 ° C. or less
  • the lower limit value is preferably 5% or more, preferably 8% or more, preferably 10% or more, preferably 15% or more, and 18% or more. Is preferably 20% or more, preferably 25% or more, preferably 30% or more, and the upper limit is 80% or less, 70% or less, and 60% or less. Yes, it is 50% or less.
  • Tni of the liquid crystal composition is higher than 95 ° C., it is preferably 0% to 80%.
  • composition of the present invention preferably does not contain a compound having a structure in which oxygen atoms such as a peracid (—CO—OO—) structure are bonded in the molecule.
  • the content of the compound having a carbonyl group is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less with respect to the total mass of the composition. Preferably, it is more preferably 1% or less, and most preferably not substantially contained.
  • the content of the compound substituted with chlorine atoms is preferably 15% or less, preferably 10% or less, based on the total mass of the composition. % Or less, preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less, and still more preferably substantially not contained.
  • the content of a compound in which all the ring structures in the molecule are 6-membered rings is 80 % Or more, more preferably 90% or more, still more preferably 95% or more, and the composition is composed only of a compound in which all of the ring structures in the molecule are all 6-membered rings. Most preferably.
  • the content of the compound having a cyclohexenylene group as a ring structure, and the content of the compound having a cyclohexenylene group as the total mass of the composition is preferably 10% or less, preferably 8% or less, more preferably 5% or less, preferably 3% or less, and still more preferably not contained.
  • the content of a compound having a 2-methylbenzene-1,4-diyl group in the molecule, in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen may be reduced.
  • the content of the compound having a 2-methylbenzene-1,4-diyl group in the molecule is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 8% or less, based on the total mass of the composition. It is more preferably 5% or less, further preferably 3% or less, and still more preferably substantially not contained.
  • substantially not contained in the present application means that it is not contained except for an unintentionally contained product.
  • the alkenyl group when the compound contained in the composition of the first embodiment of the present invention has an alkenyl group as a side chain, when the alkenyl group is bonded to cyclohexane, the alkenyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl group is bonded to benzene, the number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group is preferably 4 to 5, and the unsaturated bond of the alkenyl group and benzene are directly bonded. Preferably not.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a polymerizable compound in order to produce a liquid crystal display device such as a transverse electric field type PSA mode or a transverse electric field type PSVA mode.
  • a composition containing a polymerizable compound is a liquid crystal display in which the polymerizable compound contained therein is polymerized by ultraviolet irradiation to impart liquid crystal alignment ability, and the amount of transmitted light is controlled by utilizing the birefringence of the composition. Used for devices.
  • the polymerizable compound that can be used include a photopolymerizable monomer that undergoes polymerization by energy rays such as light.
  • the structure has, for example, a liquid crystal skeleton in which a plurality of six-membered rings such as biphenyl derivatives and terphenyl derivatives are connected. Examples thereof include a polymerizable compound. More specifically, the general formula (XX)
  • Z 201 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, —CH ⁇ CH—COO—, —CH ⁇ CH—OCO—, —COO—CH ⁇ CH—, —OCO—CH ⁇ CH—, —COO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 CH
  • X 201 and X 202 are each preferably a diacrylate derivative that represents a hydrogen atom, or a dimethacrylate derivative that has a methyl group, and a compound in which one represents a hydrogen atom and the other represents a methyl group.
  • diacrylate derivatives are the fastest, dimethacrylate derivatives are slow, asymmetric compounds are in the middle, and a preferred embodiment can be used depending on the application.
  • a dimethacrylate derivative is particularly preferable.
  • Sp 201 and Sp 202 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —O— (CH 2 ) s —, but at least one of them is a single bond in a PSA display element.
  • a compound in which both represent a single bond or one in which one represents a single bond and the other represents an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or —O— (CH 2 ) s — is preferable.
  • 1 to 4 alkyl groups are preferable, and s is preferably 1 to 4.
  • Z 201 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 — or a single bond
  • —COO—, —OCO— or a single bond is more preferred, and a single bond is particularly preferred.
  • M 201 represents a 1,4-phenylene group, a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a single bond in which any hydrogen atom may be substituted by a fluorine atom, but the 1,4-phenylene group or the single bond is preferable.
  • C represents a ring structure other than a single bond
  • Z 201 is preferably a linking group other than a single bond.
  • M 201 is a single bond
  • Z 201 is preferably a single bond.
  • the ring structure between Sp 201 and Sp 202 is specifically preferably the structure described below.
  • both ends shall be bonded to Sp 201 or Sp 202.
  • the polymerizable compounds containing these skeletons are optimal for PSA-type liquid crystal display elements because of the alignment regulating power after polymerization, and a good alignment state can be obtained, so that display unevenness is suppressed or does not occur at all.
  • general formula (XX-1) to general formula (XX-4) are particularly preferable, and among them, general formula (XX-2) is most preferable.
  • Sp 20 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the polymerization proceeds even when no polymerization initiator is present, but may contain a polymerization initiator in order to accelerate the polymerization.
  • the polymerization initiator include benzoin ethers, benzophenones, acetophenones, benzyl ketals, acylphosphine oxides, and the like.
  • composition in the present invention may further contain one or more additives such as an antioxidant, a photo-antioxidant, a light stabilizer, an ultraviolet absorber, and an infrared absorber.
  • an antioxidant the compound represented by general formula (Q) can be contained.
  • RQ represents a straight-chain alkyl group or a branched-chain alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, and one or more CH 2 groups in the alkyl group are —O—so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other.
  • MQ represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4
  • the compound represented by the general formula (Q) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (Qa) to general formula (Qd).
  • R Q1 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • R Q2 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
  • R Q3 is A straight-chain alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a branched-chain alkyl group, a straight-chain alkoxy group or a branched-chain alkoxy group is preferred
  • L Q is preferably a straight-chain alkylene group or branched-chain alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • compounds represented by general formula (Qa) to general formula (Qd) compounds represented by general formula (Qc) and general formula (Qd) are more preferable.
  • antioxidants or light stabilizers are preferred as antioxidants or light stabilizers that can be used in the present invention.
  • composition of the present invention preferably contains one or more compounds represented by general formula (Q) or compounds selected from general formulas (III-1) to (III-38). It is further preferable to contain 5 types, and the content is preferably 0.001 to 1%, more preferably 0.001 to 0.1%, and particularly preferably 0.001 to 0.05%.
  • the value of the dielectric anisotropy ⁇ of the liquid crystal composition in the present invention has a negative dielectric anisotropy, and the absolute value of the dielectric anisotropy is 2 or more.
  • the value of the dielectric anisotropy ⁇ is preferably ⁇ 2.0 to ⁇ 6.0 at 25 ° C., more preferably ⁇ 2.5 to ⁇ 5.0, and ⁇ 2.5 to -4.0 is particularly preferable. More specifically, it is preferably -2.5 to -3.4 when the response speed is important, and -3 when the drive voltage is important. It is preferable that it is from .4 to -4.0.
  • the value of the refractive index anisotropy ⁇ n of the liquid crystal composition in the present invention is preferably 0.08 to 0.13 at 25 ° C., more preferably 0.09 to 0.12. More specifically, it is preferably 0.10 to 0.12 when corresponding to a thin cell gap, and preferably 0.08 to 0.10 when corresponding to a thick cell gap.
  • the rotational viscosity ( ⁇ 1 ) of the liquid crystal composition in the present invention is preferably 150 or less, more preferably 130 or less, and particularly preferably 120 or less.
  • Z as a function of rotational viscosity and refractive index anisotropy shows a specific value.
  • ⁇ 1 represents rotational viscosity
  • ⁇ n represents refractive index anisotropy.
  • Z is preferably 13000 or less, more preferably 12000 or less, and particularly preferably 11000 or less.
  • the nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (T ni ) of the liquid crystal composition in the present invention is 60 ° C. or higher, preferably 75 ° C. or higher, more preferably 80 ° C. or higher, and still more preferably 90 ° C. It is above °C.
  • the liquid crystal composition of the present invention needs to have a specific resistance of 10 12 ( ⁇ ⁇ m) or more, preferably 10 13 ( ⁇ ⁇ m), and more preferably 10 14 ( ⁇ ⁇ m) or more.
  • the liquid crystal composition of the present invention may contain a normal nematic liquid crystal, a smectic liquid crystal, a cholesteric liquid crystal, etc. in addition to the above-mentioned compounds, but the chemical stability of the liquid crystal composition is required. In some cases, it is preferable not to have a chlorine atom in the molecule, and when the stability of the liquid crystal composition to light such as ultraviolet rays is required, the conjugated length represented by a naphthalene ring is long and the absorption peak is in the ultraviolet region. It is desirable that the molecule does not have a condensed ring or the like in which there exists. (Liquid crystal display element)
  • the liquid crystal composition of the present invention as described above is applied to an IPS mode liquid crystal display element having the following constitution. An example of an IPS mode liquid crystal display device according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram schematically showing a configuration of a liquid crystal display element.
  • the configuration of the liquid crystal display element 10 according to the present invention is an IPS mode having a liquid crystal layer 5 sandwiched between a first substrate 2 and a second substrate 7 that are arranged opposite to each other.
  • the liquid crystal layer 5 is composed of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention described above.
  • the first substrate 2 has an electrode layer 3 formed on the surface on the liquid crystal layer 5 side. Further, between the liquid crystal layer 5 and each of the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7, a pair of alignment films 4 that directly contact the liquid crystal composition constituting the liquid crystal layer 5 to induce homogeneous alignment are provided. The liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition are aligned so as to be substantially parallel to the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7 when no voltage is applied. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 3, the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7 may be sandwiched between a pair of polarizing plates 1 and 8. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 1, a color filter 6 may be provided between the second substrate 7 and the alignment film 4.
  • the liquid crystal display element 10 includes a first polarizing plate 1, a first substrate 2, an electrode layer 3, an alignment film 4, a liquid crystal layer 5 containing a liquid crystal composition, an alignment film 4,
  • the color filter 6, the second substrate 7, and the second polarizing plate 8 are sequentially stacked.
  • the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7 can be made of a flexible material such as glass or plastic, at least one of which is a transparent material and the other is a transparent material, such as metal or silicon. An opaque material may be used.
  • the two substrates are bonded together by a sealing material and a sealing material such as an epoxy thermosetting composition disposed in the peripheral region, and in order to maintain the distance between the substrates, for example, glass particles, Spacer columns made of granular spacers such as plastic particles and alumina particles or a resin formed by photolithography may be arranged.
  • a sealing material and a sealing material such as an epoxy thermosetting composition disposed in the peripheral region, and in order to maintain the distance between the substrates, for example, glass particles, Spacer columns made of granular spacers such as plastic particles and alumina particles or a resin formed by photolithography may be arranged.
  • FIG. 2 is an enlarged plan view of a part of the region surrounded by the II line of the electrode layer 3 formed on the first substrate 2 in FIG.
  • the electrode layer 3 including a thin film transistor formed on the surface of the first substrate 2 includes a plurality of gate bus lines 24 for supplying scanning signals and a plurality of data for supplying display signals.
  • Bus lines 25 are arranged in a matrix so as to cross each other. In FIG. 2, only a pair of gate bus lines 24 and a pair of data bus lines 25 are shown.
  • a unit pixel of the liquid crystal display device is formed by a region surrounded by the plurality of gate bus lines 24 and the plurality of data bus lines 25, and the first electrode 21 and the second electrode 22 are formed in the unit pixel. ing.
  • a thin film transistor including a source electrode 27, a drain electrode 26, and a gate electrode 28 is provided in the vicinity of an intersection where the gate bus line 24 and the data bus line 25 intersect each other.
  • the thin film transistor is connected to the first electrode 21 as a switch element that supplies a display signal to the first electrode 21.
  • a common line 23 is provided in parallel with the gate bus line 24.
  • the common line 23 is connected to the second electrode 22 in order to supply a common signal to the second electrode 22.
  • the gate bus line 24, the data bus line 25, and the common line 23 are preferably metal films, more preferably Al, Cu, Au, Ag, Cr, Ta, Ti, Mo, W, Ni or alloys thereof, Mo, The case of using Al or its alloy wiring is particularly preferable.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display element shown in FIG. 1 taken along the line III-III in FIG.
  • a gate insulating layer 32 provided so as to cover the gate bus line 24 (not shown in FIG. 3) and to cover substantially the entire surface of the first substrate 2, and the surface of the gate insulating layer 32
  • the line-shaped first electrode 21 and the line-shaped second electrode 22 are provided on the insulating protective film 31 so as to be separated from each other.
  • the insulating protective layer 31 is a layer having an insulating function, and is formed of silicon nitride, silicon dioxide, silicon oxynitride film, or the like.
  • the color filter 6 is preferably formed with a black matrix (not shown) in a portion corresponding to the thin film transistor from the viewpoint of preventing light leakage.
  • the alignment film 4 is composed of, for example, a rubbed polyimide film.
  • the polarizing plate 1 and the polarizing plate 8 can be adjusted so that the viewing angle and the contrast become good by adjusting the polarization axis of each polarizing plate so that their transmission axes operate in a normally black mode. It is preferable to have transmission axes perpendicular to each other.
  • any one of the polarizing plate 1 and the polarizing plate 8 is preferably arranged so as to have a transmission axis parallel to the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules when no voltage is applied.
  • the refractive index anisotropy ⁇ n of the liquid crystal composition is preferably adjusted according to the thickness (H) of the liquid crystal layer so that the contrast is maximized.
  • a retardation film for widening the viewing angle can also be used.
  • the first electrode 21 and the second electrode 22 are comb-shaped electrodes formed on the insulating protective layer 31, that is, on the same layer, and are engaged with each other at a distance. It is provided in the state.
  • the interelectrode distance G between the first electrode 21 and the second electrode 22 and the thickness H of the liquid crystal layer satisfy the relationship of G ⁇ H.
  • the distance between electrodes: G represents the shortest distance in the horizontal direction on the substrate between the first electrode 21 and the second electrode 22, and in the example shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, the first electrode 21 and the second electrode 22 The distance in the vertical direction is expressed with respect to the line formed by alternately engaging the electrodes 22.
  • the thickness of the liquid crystal layer H represents the shortest distance between the outermost surfaces of the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7, specifically, provided on each of the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7.
  • the distance between the alignment films 4 (outermost surfaces) represents the thickness of the liquid crystal layer as shown in FIG.
  • the difference between the interelectrode distance G between the first electrode and the second electrode: G and the thickness of the liquid crystal layer: H preferably satisfies the relationship 0 ⁇ GH ⁇ 0.5 ⁇ m.
  • a liquid crystal composition having a large elastic constant is used, but by using the liquid crystal composition of the present invention and satisfying the relationship of 0 ⁇ GH ⁇ 0.5 ⁇ m, the driving voltage is reduced, Response speed can be further improved.
  • GH is preferably greater than 0, preferably 0.5 or less, preferably 0.4 or less, preferably 0.3 or less, and preferably 0.2 or less. Preferably, it is 0.15 or less, and preferably 0.1 or less.
  • the IPS type liquid crystal display element drives liquid crystal molecules by using an electric field in a horizontal direction with respect to a substrate surface formed between the first electrode 21 and the second electrode.
  • the electrode width Q of the first electrode 21 and the electrode width R of the second electrode 22 are preferably formed to such a width that all the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer 5 can be driven by the generated electric field.
  • the electrode width: W of at least one of the first electrode and the second electrode is preferably 3 ⁇ m or less from the viewpoint of transmittance
  • the electrode width of 22 It is preferable that both electrode widths of R be 3 ⁇ m or less.
  • the electrode width represents the width (line width) in the minor axis direction of a line formed by alternately engaging the first electrode 21 and the second electrode 22.
  • the distance between the first electrode and the second electrode: G and the electrode width: W of at least one of the first electrode and the second electrode are such that GW ⁇ 3 ⁇ m. It is preferable to satisfy.
  • the electrode width: W of at least one of the first electrode and the second electrode may be the electrode width: Q of the first electrode 21 or the electrode width: R of the second electrode 22, It is preferred to mean both Q and R electrode widths.
  • the lower limit value of GW is preferably 0 or more, preferably 0.1 or more, and preferably 0.1 or more. 0.2 or more, preferably 0.3 or more, and more preferably 0.5 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 2.8 or less, preferably 2.5 or less, preferably 2.3 or less, preferably 2.0 or less, and 1.5 or less. Preferably, it is preferably 1.3 or less, preferably 1.2 or less, and preferably 1.1 or less.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram schematically showing the alignment direction of the liquid crystal induced by the alignment film 4.
  • a liquid crystal composition having negative dielectric anisotropy is used. Therefore, the x axis and the major axis of the liquid crystal molecules 30 are defined with the x axis being the direction perpendicular to the line forming the comb shape of the first electrode 21 and the second electrode 22 (the direction in which the horizontal electric field is formed). Orientation is preferably made so that the angle ⁇ formed with the direction is approximately 0 to 45 °. In the example shown in FIG. 4, an example in which the angle ⁇ formed by the x axis and the major axis direction of the liquid crystal molecules 30 is approximately 0 ° is shown.
  • the angle ⁇ formed by the x-axis and the major axis direction of the liquid crystal molecules 30 is preferably 0 to 40 °, more preferably 0 to 35 °, and even more preferably 0 to 30 ° C.
  • the reason for inducing the alignment direction of the liquid crystal is to increase the maximum transmittance and contrast of the liquid crystal display device.
  • the IPS-type liquid crystal display device 10 configured as described above supplies an image signal (voltage) to the first electrode 21 via the thin film TFT, whereby an electric field is generated between the first electrode 21 and the second electrode 22.
  • the liquid crystal is driven by this electric field. That is, in a state where no voltage is applied, the liquid crystal molecules 30 are arranged so that the major axis direction thereof is parallel to the alignment direction of the alignment film 4.
  • the liquid crystal molecules 30 in the liquid crystal layer 5 in accordance with the applied voltage are inclined such that the major axis direction of the liquid crystal molecules is constant with respect to the line in which the first electrodes 21 and the second electrodes 22 are alternately formed.
  • the liquid crystal molecules 30 shown in FIG. 4 are schematically shown for explaining the movement of the liquid crystal molecules constituting the liquid crystal composition, and do not mean only specific liquid crystal molecules.
  • FIG. 5 is an example showing another configuration of the first electrode 21 and the second electrode 22 formed in the pixel.
  • FIG. 6 is another example in which the liquid crystal display element shown in FIG. 1 is cut in the direction of the line III-III in FIG.
  • the second electrode 22 is provided on the gate insulating layer 32, the second electrode is mostly the insulating protective layer 31, the first electrode 21 is provided on the insulating protective layer 31, and the first electrode 21 is provided.
  • the second electrode 22 may be provided on different layers.
  • the liquid crystal display element of the present invention can form the electrode layer 3 by forming a wiring on the first substrate 2 by sputtering a metal material such as the electrode layer Al or its alloy.
  • the color filter 6 can be produced by, for example, a pigment dispersion method, a printing method, an electrodeposition method, a dyeing method, or the like.
  • a method for producing a color filter by a pigment dispersion method will be described as an example.
  • a curable coloring composition for a color filter is applied on the transparent substrate, subjected to patterning treatment, and cured by heating or light irradiation. By performing this process for each of the three colors red, green, and blue, a pixel portion for a color filter can be created.
  • the color filter may be provided on the side of the substrate having a TFT or the like.
  • the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7 are opposed to each other so that the electrode layer 3 and the alignment film 4 side are on the inner side. At this time, the interval between the substrates may be adjusted via a spacer. In this case, it is preferable to adjust the thickness of the liquid crystal layer to be 1 to 100 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the liquid crystal layer is preferably 1 to 20 ⁇ m, preferably 1 to 15 ⁇ m, preferably 1 to 10 ⁇ m, preferably 1.3 to 10 ⁇ m, preferably 1.5 to 10 ⁇ m, preferably 1.5 to 8 ⁇ m. 5 to 5 ⁇ m is preferable, 1.5 to 4 ⁇ m is preferable, 1.8 to 3.5 ⁇ m is preferable, and 2.0 to 3 ⁇ m is preferable.
  • a polarizing plate When a polarizing plate is used, it is preferable to adjust the product of the refractive index anisotropy ⁇ n of the liquid crystal and the thickness (H) of the liquid crystal layer so that the contrast is maximized.
  • the polarizing axis of each polarizing plate can be adjusted so that the viewing angle and contrast are good.
  • a retardation film for widening the viewing angle can also be used.
  • a sealant such as an epoxy thermosetting composition is screen-printed on the substrates with a liquid crystal inlet provided, the substrates are bonded together, and heated to thermally cure the sealant.
  • a normal vacuum injection method or a drop injection (ODF: One Drop Fill) method can be used, but a drop mark is not generated in the vacuum injection method.
  • ODF One Drop Fill
  • it can be suitably used for a display element manufactured using the ODF method.
  • a sealant such as epoxy photothermal combination curing is drawn on a backplane or frontplane substrate using a dispenser in a closed-loop bank shape, and then removed.
  • a liquid crystal display element can be manufactured by bonding a front plane and a back plane after dropping a predetermined amount of the composition under air.
  • a dripping mark is defined as a phenomenon in which a mark in which a liquid crystal composition is dripped appears white when displaying black.
  • the occurrence of dripping marks is greatly affected by the liquid crystal material to be injected, but the influence is unavoidable depending on the configuration of the display element.
  • the thin film transistor formed in the display element, the first electrode 21 having the comb shape or the slit, the second electrode 22 and the like are thin alignment film 4 or thin alignment film 4 and thin. Since there is only a member that separates the liquid crystal composition, such as the insulating protective layer 31, etc., there is a high possibility that the ionic substance cannot be completely blocked, and the occurrence of dripping marks due to the interaction between the metal material constituting the electrode and the liquid crystal composition is avoided. However, by using the liquid crystal composition of the present invention in combination in an IPS type liquid crystal display element, the occurrence of dripping marks can be effectively suppressed.
  • the liquid crystal display element in the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display element by the ODF method, it is necessary to drop an optimal liquid crystal injection amount according to the size of the liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal display element can be kept at a high yield because liquid crystal can be stably dropped over a long period of time with little influence on abrupt pressure change or impact in the apparatus.
  • small liquid crystal display elements that are frequently used in smartphones that have been popular recently are difficult to control the deviation from the optimal value within a certain range because the optimal liquid crystal injection amount is small.
  • a stable discharge amount of a liquid crystal material can be realized even in a small liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound
  • an appropriate polymerization rate is desirable for obtaining a good alignment performance of the liquid crystal as a method for polymerizing the polymerizable compound, such as ultraviolet rays or electron beams.
  • ultraviolet rays are used, a polarized light source or a non-polarized light source may be used.
  • the polymerization is carried out in a state where the polymerizable compound-containing composition is sandwiched between two substrates, at least the substrate on the irradiated surface side must be given adequate transparency to the active energy rays. Don't be.
  • the orientation state of the unpolymerized part is changed by changing conditions such as an electric field, a magnetic field, or temperature, and further irradiation with active energy rays is performed. Then, it is possible to use a means for polymerization.
  • a means for polymerization In particular, when ultraviolet exposure is performed, it is preferable to perform ultraviolet exposure while applying an alternating electric field to the polymerizable compound-containing composition.
  • the alternating electric field to be applied is preferably an alternating current having a frequency of 10 Hz to 10 kHz, more preferably a frequency of 60 Hz to 10 kHz, and the voltage is selected depending on a desired pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element.
  • the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element can be controlled by the applied voltage.
  • the pretilt angle is preferably controlled from 80 degrees to 89.9 degrees from the viewpoint of alignment stability and contrast.
  • the temperature at the time of irradiation is preferably within a temperature range in which the liquid crystal state of the composition of the present invention is maintained.
  • Polymerization is preferably performed at a temperature close to room temperature, that is, typically at a temperature of 15 to 35 ° C.
  • a lamp for generating ultraviolet rays a metal halide lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, or the like can be used.
  • a wavelength of the ultraviolet-ray to irradiate it is preferable to irradiate the ultraviolet-ray of the wavelength range which is not the absorption wavelength range of a composition, and it is preferable to cut and use an ultraviolet-ray as needed.
  • the intensity of the irradiated ultraviolet light is preferably 0.1 mW / cm 2 to 100 W / cm 2, more preferably 2 mW / cm 2 to 50 W / cm 2.
  • the amount of energy of ultraviolet rays to be irradiated can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 10 mJ / cm 2 to 500 J / cm 2, and more preferably 100 mJ / cm 2 to 200 J / cm 2.
  • the intensity may be changed.
  • the time for irradiating with ultraviolet rays is appropriately selected depending on the intensity of the irradiated ultraviolet rays, but is preferably from 10 seconds to 3600 seconds, and more preferably from 10 seconds to 600 seconds.
  • n a natural number.
  • the measured characteristics are as follows.
  • T ni Nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (° C.) ⁇ n: Refractive index anisotropy at 20 ° C. ⁇ : Dielectric anisotropy at 20 ° C. ⁇ : Viscosity at 20 ° C. (mPa ⁇ s) ⁇ 1 : rotational viscosity at 20 ° C. (mPa ⁇ s) K 11 : elastic constant K 11 (pN) at 20 ° C. K 33 : Elastic constant at 20 ° C. K 33 (pN) Drive voltage evaluation: The drive voltage at 20 ° C. of the IPS type liquid crystal display element was measured by an electro-optic measuring device DMS703 manufactured by Autoronic. The obtained numerical values were evaluated as follows.
  • Contrast evaluation The electro-optical characteristics of an IPS type liquid crystal display element were measured by an electro-optic measuring device DMS703 manufactured by autoronic. , “Maximum luminance / minimum luminance” was calculated as a contrast parameter. The numerical values of the obtained parameters were evaluated in four stages as follows.
  • Example 1 to 9 Liquid crystal compositions of Examples 1 to 9 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 having the following compositions were prepared, and their physical property values were measured. The results are shown in the following table.
  • the thickness H of the liquid crystal layer was 3 ⁇ m
  • the distance G between the electrodes was 3 ⁇ m
  • the electrode width W was 2 ⁇ m
  • the width Q of the first electrode was 2 ⁇ m
  • An IPS mode liquid crystal display device having the configuration shown in FIG. 3 in which the width R of the second electrode was 2 ⁇ m was produced. Evaluation results of drive voltage, response speed, and contrast of these liquid crystal display elements were performed.
  • the liquid crystal compositions of Examples 1 to 9 have T NI in a practical range as a liquid crystal composition for TV, have a large absolute value of ⁇ , and have an optimal ⁇ n.
  • the driving voltage showed almost the same result, but the liquid crystal display elements of Comparative Examples 1 to 3 had poor contrast and response speed. The result was inferior. It was found that high contrast can be obtained by applying the liquid crystal composition of the present invention to a device.
  • Example 10 Using the liquid crystal composition of Example 2, the thickness H of the liquid crystal layer was 3.8 ⁇ m, the inter-electrode distance G was 4 ⁇ m, the electrode width W was 2.3 ⁇ m (the first electrode width Q was 2.3 ⁇ m, the second An IPS mode liquid crystal display device having the configuration shown in FIG. 3 having an electrode width R of 2.3 ⁇ m was produced.
  • Example 11 Using the liquid crystal composition of Example 2, the thickness H of the liquid crystal layer was 4 ⁇ m, the inter-electrode distance G was 4.8 ⁇ m, the electrode width W was 3.4 ⁇ m (the first electrode width Q was 3 ⁇ m, the second electrode An IPS mode liquid crystal display element having a configuration shown in FIG. 3 having a width R of 3 ⁇ m was manufactured.
  • Example 12 Further, using the liquid crystal composition of Example 2, the thickness H of the liquid crystal layer is 5.5 ⁇ m, the inter-electrode distance G is 6.5 ⁇ m, the electrode width W is 3 ⁇ m (the width Q of the first electrode is 3 ⁇ m, the second An IPS mode liquid crystal display device having the configuration shown in FIG. 3 having an electrode width R of 3 ⁇ m was produced.
  • the difference between the distance G between the first electrode and the second electrode and the thickness H of the liquid crystal layer (GH), or the difference between the distance G between the electrodes and the electrode width W (GW) is carried out.
  • the liquid crystal display element of Example 10 and Example 11 larger than Example 2 and Example 12 in which (GH) and (GW) are larger than Example 2 has a result that driving voltage and response speed are inferior. However, high contrast was obtained.
  • Comparative Example 4 Using the liquid crystal composition of Comparative Example 2, the thickness H of the liquid crystal layer is 5.5 ⁇ m, the inter-electrode distance G is 6.5 ⁇ m, the electrode width W is 3 ⁇ m (the first electrode width Q is 2.3 ⁇ m, the second An IPS mode liquid crystal display device having the configuration shown in FIG. 3 having an electrode width R of 2.3 ⁇ m was produced.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal Substances (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides an IPS-mode liquid-crystal display element that exhibits high contrast and is capable of achieving excellent display characteristics. The liquid-crystal display element comprises: a first substrate; a second substrate facing the first substrate; and a liquid crystal layer interposed between the first substrate and the second substrate and containing liquid crystal compositions. Each pixel has, on the first substrate: a first electrode; a plurality of gate bus lines and data bus lines arranged in a matrix; thin-film transistors provided on the intersections between the gate bus lines and the data bus lines; and a second electrode driven by the transistors. The liquid-crystal display element includes an alignment layer that induces homogeneous alignment between the liquid crystal layer and the first substrate and/or the second substrate. The inter-electrode distance G between the first electrode and the second electrode and the thickness H of the liquid crystal layer satisfy the relationship G ≥ H. The liquid crystal compositions have negative dielectric anisotropy with a bend elastic constant (K33) of 17 pN or greater.

Description

液晶表示素子Liquid crystal display element
 本願発明は、誘電率異方性が負のネマチック晶組成物を用いたIPSモードの液晶表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to an IPS mode liquid crystal display device using a nematic crystal composition having a negative dielectric anisotropy.
 液晶表示素子は、時計、電卓をはじめとして、家庭用各種電気機器、測定機器、自動車用パネル、ワープロ、電子手帳、プリンター、コンピューター、テレビ等に用いられている。液晶表示方式としては、その代表的なものにTN(捩れネマチック)モード、STN(超捩れネマチック)モード、DS(動的光散乱)モード、GH(ゲスト・ホスト)モード、IPS(インプレーンスイッチング)モード、FFS(フリンジフィールドスイッチング)モード、OCB(光学補償複屈折)モード、ECB(電圧制御複屈折)モード、VA(垂直配向)モード、CSH(カラースーパーホメオトロピック)モード、あるいはFLC(強誘電性液晶)等を挙げることができる。これらの中で、IPSモードの液晶表示素子は、視角特性および色再現性の点で優れることから、比較的グレードの高い液晶TV等に広く用いられている。 Liquid crystal display elements are used in clocks, calculators, various household electrical devices, measuring devices, automotive panels, word processors, electronic notebooks, printers, computers, televisions, and the like. Typical liquid crystal display methods include TN (twisted nematic) mode, STN (super twisted nematic) mode, DS (dynamic light scattering) mode, GH (guest / host) mode, IPS (in-plane switching). Mode, FFS (fringe field switching) mode, OCB (optical compensation birefringence) mode, ECB (voltage controlled birefringence) mode, VA (vertical alignment) mode, CSH (color super homeotropic) mode, or FLC (ferroelectric) Liquid crystal). Among these, IPS mode liquid crystal display elements are widely used for liquid crystal TVs and the like of relatively high grade because they are excellent in view angle characteristics and color reproducibility.
 近年、液晶TVの高解像度化が進み、既に4Kの解像度を有する製品が多数開発され、更に次世代の8K等の開発が進んでいる。高解像度化が進んでも、TV全体のサイズが大きくなるとは限らず、結果として一つの画素のサイズは高解像度化に従って、縮小されることとなる。従って、高解像度化にともない、パネルの透過率の低下が起こっていた。 In recent years, the resolution of liquid crystal TVs has been increased, and many products having a resolution of 4K have already been developed, and further development of the next generation 8K and the like is progressing. Even if the resolution is increased, the size of the entire TV is not necessarily increased. As a result, the size of one pixel is reduced as the resolution is increased. Therefore, as the resolution is increased, the transmittance of the panel is reduced.
 IPS方式においては、駆動電圧を低減するため誘電率異方性を大きくし易いΔεが正の値を示す液晶組成物(p型液晶組成物)の使用が一般的であるが、p型液晶組成物は電圧ON時に液晶分子の長軸方向が電界方向と平行になり、その際液晶分子が基板に対し立つ方向に配向する液晶が発生するため、透過率の低下が問題となっていた(特許文献1、特許文献2参照)。 In the IPS mode, it is common to use a liquid crystal composition (p-type liquid crystal composition) in which Δε, which tends to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to reduce the driving voltage, shows a positive value. When the voltage is turned on, the long axis direction of the liquid crystal molecules becomes parallel to the electric field direction, and liquid crystal molecules are aligned in the direction where the liquid crystal molecules stand with respect to the substrate. Reference 1 and Patent Reference 2).
 一方、IPSモードの液晶表示素子においてΔεが負の値を示す液晶組成物(n型液晶組成物)を用いることにより、透過率の改善は望めるが、p型液晶組成物を用いた場合に比較し、誘電率異方性が小さいため駆動電圧が大きくなり、また回転粘度が大きいため、応答速度も劣っていた。更に最近は、テレビ等の用途に使用される液晶組成物に通常求められる高速応答や高信頼性に加えて、コントラストの高い液晶パネルが要望されており、横電界モードにおいて高いコントラストが得られる液晶組成物が要望されている。しかしながら、n型液晶組成物はVA用液晶組成物としては一般的であるが、VAモードとIPSモードでは、配向の方向、電界の向き、必要とされる光学特性のいずれの点を取っても異なる。従って、単純にVAモード用のn型組成物を転用しても、今日求められるような高性能な液晶表示素子を構成することは困難であり、IPSモードに求められる特性に最適化されたn型液晶組成物の提供が求められている。 On the other hand, the transmittance can be improved by using a liquid crystal composition (n-type liquid crystal composition) in which Δε has a negative value in an IPS mode liquid crystal display element, but compared with the case where a p-type liquid crystal composition is used. However, since the dielectric anisotropy is small, the driving voltage is large, and since the rotational viscosity is large, the response speed is also inferior. Recently, in addition to the high-speed response and high reliability normally required for liquid crystal compositions used for televisions and the like, a liquid crystal panel with high contrast has been demanded. There is a need for a composition. However, the n-type liquid crystal composition is generally used as a liquid crystal composition for VA. However, in the VA mode and the IPS mode, any of the alignment direction, the electric field direction, and the required optical characteristics can be taken. Different. Therefore, even if the n-type composition for the VA mode is simply diverted, it is difficult to construct a high-performance liquid crystal display element as required today, and n optimized for the characteristics required for the IPS mode. There is a need to provide a liquid crystal type liquid crystal composition.
特開2000-10110号公報JP 2000-10110 A 特開2000-131717号公報JP 2000-131717 A
 本発明の課題は、IPSモードの液晶表示素子において、高いコントラストを有し、応答速度の速い、優れた表示特性を実現可能な、誘電率異方性が負の液晶組成物を用いた液晶表示素子を提供する。 An object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal display using a liquid crystal composition having a negative dielectric constant anisotropy and having a high contrast, a high response speed, and excellent display characteristics in an IPS mode liquid crystal display element. An element is provided.
 本願発明者らは、上記課題を解決するために鋭意検討し、特定の素子構成と特定の液晶組成物を組み合わせることにより前記課題を解決することができることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。 The inventors of the present application have intensively studied to solve the above problems, and found that the above problems can be solved by combining a specific element configuration and a specific liquid crystal composition, and have completed the present invention. .
 本発明は、対向に配置された第一基板と、第二基板と、前記第一基板と第二基板との間に液晶組成物を含有する液晶層を挟持し、
前記第一基板上に第一電極と、マトリクス状に配置される複数個のゲートバスライン及びデータバスラインと、
前記ゲートバスラインとデータバスラインとの交差部に設けられる薄膜トランジスタと、該トランジスタにより駆動される第二電極とを各画素毎に有し、
前記液晶層と前記第一基板及び/又は第二基板の間にホモジニアス配向を誘起する配向膜層を有し、
前記第一電極と第二電極との間の電極間距離:Gと液晶層の厚さ:HとがG≧Hの関係を満たし、
前記液晶組成物が、負の誘電率異方性を有し、ベンド弾性定数(K33)が17pN以上である液晶表示素子を提供する。
The present invention sandwiches a liquid crystal layer containing a liquid crystal composition between the first substrate, the second substrate, and the first substrate and the second substrate that are disposed opposite to each other,
A first electrode on the first substrate; a plurality of gate bus lines and data bus lines arranged in a matrix;
A thin film transistor provided at an intersection of the gate bus line and the data bus line, and a second electrode driven by the transistor for each pixel;
Having an alignment film layer for inducing homogeneous alignment between the liquid crystal layer and the first substrate and / or the second substrate;
The distance between the first electrode and the second electrode: G and the thickness of the liquid crystal layer: H satisfy the relationship G ≧ H,
Provided is a liquid crystal display device, wherein the liquid crystal composition has a negative dielectric anisotropy and a bend elastic constant (K 33 ) of 17 pN or more.
 本発明のIPSモードの液晶表示素子は、高いコントラストを有し、応答速度の速い、優れた表示特性を有する。 The liquid crystal display element of the IPS mode of the present invention has high contrast, fast response speed, and excellent display characteristics.
本発明の液晶表示素子の構成の一例を模式的に示す図The figure which shows typically an example of a structure of the liquid crystal display element of this invention. 図1における基板2上に形成された電極層3のII線で囲まれた領域の一部を拡大した平面図The top view which expanded a part of area | region enclosed with the II line of the electrode layer 3 formed on the board | substrate 2 in FIG. 図2におけるIII-III線方向に図1に示す液晶表示素子を切断した断面図FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display element shown in FIG. 1 taken along the line III-III in FIG. 配向膜4により誘起された液晶の配向方向を模式的に示す図The figure which shows typically the orientation direction of the liquid crystal induced by the orientation film 4 液晶表示素子の電極構成を拡大した平面図An enlarged plan view of the electrode configuration of a liquid crystal display element 図2におけるIII-III線方向に図1に示す液晶表示素子を切断した他の例の断面図Sectional drawing of the other example which cut | disconnected the liquid crystal display element shown in FIG. 1 in the III-III line direction in FIG.
 本発明の液晶表示素子は、特定の液晶組成物を組み合わせて用いるものである。まず、本発明における液晶組成物の実施の態様について説明する。
(液晶層)
 本発明の液晶組成物は、ベンド弾性定数(K33)が17pN以上の負の誘電率異方性を有する液晶組成物である。液晶分子の挙動は、外部電界に応じたスプレイ(広がり)、ツイスト(ねじれ)及びベンド(曲がり)の3つのモードによって説明される。スプレイ弾性定数(K11)とは、スプレイモードに対応した弾性定数のことであり、ツイスト弾性定数(K22)とはツイストモードに対応した弾性定数のことであり、ベンド弾性定数(K33)とはツイストモードに対応した弾性定数のことである。
The liquid crystal display element of the present invention is a combination of specific liquid crystal compositions. First, embodiments of the liquid crystal composition in the present invention will be described.
(Liquid crystal layer)
The liquid crystal composition of the present invention is a liquid crystal composition having a negative dielectric anisotropy having a bend elastic constant (K 33 ) of 17 pN or more. The behavior of liquid crystal molecules is explained by three modes: spray (spread), twist (twist) and bend (bend) in response to an external electric field. The splay elastic constant (K 11 ) is an elastic constant corresponding to the splay mode, the twist elastic constant (K 22 ) is an elastic constant corresponding to the twist mode, and the bend elastic constant (K 33 ). Is an elastic constant corresponding to the twist mode.
 本発明では、K33を規定することで、コントラストに優れた液晶表示素子を得られることを見出した。IPSモードは基板に対して水平方向に発生する電界を利用する横電界モードであり、Δεが負の液晶組成物を横電界型の液晶表示素子に適用する場合、ホモジニアス配向を誘起する配向膜等を用いて、液晶分子が基板面に対して平行になるように配向させるが、本発明の液晶組成物を用いると、初期配向状態の配向状態に優れ、また、液晶分子の配向のゆらぎが少なくなるためであると考えられる。IPSモードの液晶表示素子は、液晶分子の長軸方向が基板に対して水平に配向させて、電圧を印加することで液晶分子を水平方向に回転させて液晶を駆動するため、液晶分子の水平方向の配向のばらつきが表示素子の特性に影響を及ぼす一因となるが、本発明で規定した弾性定数を有する液晶組成物を用いることで、液晶分子の配向の秩序に優れ、その結果、表示素子の黒色のしまりに優れ、コントラストの向上に影響を及ぼすものと考えられる。 In the present invention, by defining the K 33, it is obtained the liquid crystal display device excellent in contrast. The IPS mode is a transverse electric field mode that uses an electric field generated in the horizontal direction with respect to the substrate. When a liquid crystal composition having a negative Δε is applied to a transverse electric field type liquid crystal display element, an alignment film that induces homogeneous alignment, etc. The liquid crystal molecules are aligned so as to be parallel to the substrate surface. However, when the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is used, the alignment state in the initial alignment state is excellent, and the alignment fluctuation of the liquid crystal molecules is small. It is thought that it is to become. In the IPS mode liquid crystal display element, the major axis direction of the liquid crystal molecules is aligned horizontally with respect to the substrate, and the liquid crystal molecules are rotated in the horizontal direction by applying a voltage to drive the liquid crystal. The variation in orientation in the direction is one factor that affects the characteristics of the display element. By using the liquid crystal composition having the elastic constant defined in the present invention, the orientation of the liquid crystal molecules is excellent, resulting in display. It is considered that the blackness of the element is excellent and affects the improvement of contrast.
 ベンド弾性定数(K33)は、17.0pN以上が好ましく、17.2pN以上が好ましく、17.4pN以上が好ましく、17.6pN以上が好ましく、17.8pN以上が好ましく、18.0pN以上が好ましく、18.2pN以上が好ましく、18.4pN以上が好ましく、18.6pN以上が好ましく、18.8pN以上が好ましく、19.0pN以上が好ましく、19.2pN以上が好ましく、19.4pN以上が好ましく、19.6pN以上が好ましく、19.8pN以上が好ましく、20.0pN以上が好ましく、20.5pN以上が好ましく、21.0pN以上が好ましい。 The bend elastic constant (K 33 ) is preferably 17.0 pN or more, preferably 17.2 pN or more, preferably 17.4 pN or more, preferably 17.6 pN or more, preferably 17.8 pN or more, preferably 18.0 pN or more. 18.2 pN or more, preferably 18.4 pN or more, preferably 18.6 pN or more, preferably 18.8 pN or more, preferably 19.0 pN or more, preferably 19.2 pN or more, preferably 19.4 pN or more, 19.6 pN or more is preferable, 19.8 pN or more is preferable, 20.0 pN or more is preferable, 20.5 pN or more is preferable, and 21.0 pN or more is preferable.
 本発明の組成物は、一般式(N-1)、(N-2)及び(N-3)で表される化合物から選ばれる化合物を1種類又は2種類以上含有することが好ましい。これら化合物は誘電的に負の化合物(Δεの符号が負で、その絶対値が2より大きい。)に該当する。 The composition of the present invention preferably contains one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3). These compounds correspond to dielectrically negative compounds (the sign of Δε is negative and the absolute value is greater than 2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(式中、RN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31及びRN32はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1個又は非隣接の2個以上の-CH-はそれぞれ独立して-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
 AN11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31及びAN32はそれぞれ独立して
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置き換えられてもよい。)及び
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい。)
(c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられても良い。)
(d) 1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)、基(b)、基(c)及び基(d)はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていても良く、
 ZN11、ZN12、ZN21、ZN22、ZN31及びZN32はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-を表し、
 XN21は水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
 TN31は-CH-又は酸素原子を表し、
 nN11、nN12、nN21、nN22、nN31及びnN32はそれぞれ独立して0~3の整数を表すが、nN11+nN12、nN21+nN22及びnN31+nN32はそれぞれ独立して1、2又は3であり、AN11~AN32、ZN11~ZN32が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。)
 一般式(N-1)、(N-2)及び(N-3)で表される化合物は、Δεが負でその絶対値が3よりも大きな化合物であることが好ましい。
(Wherein, R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or non-adjacent 2 in the alkyl group Two or more —CH 2 — may be each independently substituted by —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—,
A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31, and A N32 are each independently (a) a 1,4-cyclohexylene group (one —CH 2 — or adjacent to each other in this group). And two or more —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—) and (b) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH═ present in this group or not adjacent 2 More than one -CH = may be replaced by -N =.)
(C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or One —CH═ present in the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═. )
(D) represents a group selected from the group consisting of 1,4-cyclohexenylene groups, and the groups (a), (b), (c) and (d) are each independently a cyano group, It may be substituted with a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 and Z N32 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—. , —COO—, —OCO—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH═N—N═CH—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF— or —C≡C—,
XN21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom,
T N31 represents —CH 2 — or an oxygen atom,
n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31, and n N32 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, but n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22, and n N31 + n N32 are each independently When there are a plurality of A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 , they may be the same or different. )
The compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) are preferably compounds having a negative Δε and an absolute value larger than 3.
 一般式(N-1)、(N-2)及び(N-3)中、RN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31及びRN32はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が更に好ましく、炭素原子数2~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~3のアルケニル基が更に好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルケニル基(プロペニル基)が特に好ましい。 In the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3), R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 each independently represent 1 to 8 carbon atoms. An alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, An alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable. More preferably, an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms (propenyl group) is particularly preferable.
 また、それが結合する環構造がフェニル基(芳香族)である場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、それが結合する環構造がシクロヘキサン、ピラン及びジオキサンなどの飽和した環構造の場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。ネマチック相を安定化させるためには炭素原子及び存在する場合酸素原子の合計が5以下であることが好ましく、直鎖状であることが好ましい。 Further, when the ring structure to which it is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic), a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and carbon An alkenyl group having 4 to 5 atoms is preferable, and when the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a straight chain A straight-chain alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a straight-chain alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred. In order to stabilize the nematic phase, the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present, is preferably 5 or less, and is preferably linear.
 アルケニル基としては、式(R1)から式(R9)のいずれかで表される基から選ばれることが好ましい。(各式中の黒点は環構造中の炭素原子、又は環構造中の炭素原子に結合する酸素原子を表す。) The alkenyl group is preferably selected from groups represented by any of the formulas (R1) to (R9). (The black dot in each formula represents a carbon atom in the ring structure or an oxygen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the ring structure.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 本発明の液晶組成物は、一般式(N-1)、(N-2)及び(N-3)中のRN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31及びRN32の少なくとも1つ以上が以下の式(NRd) The liquid crystal composition of the present invention includes at least one of R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31, and R N32 in the general formulas (N-1), (N-2), and (N-3). The above is the following formula (NRd)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
(式中RNd1は水素原子又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基を表し、mNdは0~5の整数を表し、式中の黒点は環構造中の炭素原子、又は環構造中の炭素原子に結合する酸素原子を表す。)
で表される基である化合物を1種又は2種以上含有することが、液晶表示素子のコントラストの向上の観点から好ましい。
(In the formula, R Nd1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, m Nd represents an integer of 0 to 5, and a black dot in the formula represents a carbon atom in the ring structure or a carbon in the ring structure. Represents an oxygen atom bonded to an atom.)
It is preferable from a viewpoint of the improvement of the contrast of a liquid crystal display element to contain 1 type, or 2 or more types of compounds which are group represented by these.
 式(NRd)で表される基を有する化合物における分子中の環構造の数は3つ以上であること、すなわち、式(NRd)で表される基を有する一般式(N-1)、(N-2)及び(N-3)で表される化合物中のnN11+nN12、nN21+nN22及びnN31+nN32は2又は3を表すことが好ましい。式(NRd)で表される基を有し、且つ分子中の環構造の数が3つ以上である化合物の含有量は、3%以上であることが好ましく、5%以上が好ましく、7%以上が好ましく、10%以上が好ましく、13%以上が好ましく、15%以上が好ましく、20%以上が好ましく、また50%以下が好ましく、40%以下が好ましく、30%以下が好ましい。 In the compound having a group represented by the formula (NRd), the number of ring structures in the molecule is 3 or more, that is, the general formula (N-1) having a group represented by the formula (NRd), ( In the compounds represented by N-2) and (N-3), n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 and n N31 + n N32 preferably represent 2 or 3. The content of the compound having a group represented by the formula (NRd) and having 3 or more ring structures in the molecule is preferably 3% or more, preferably 5% or more, 7% The above is preferable, 10% or more is preferable, 13% or more is preferable, 15% or more is preferable, 20% or more is preferable, 50% or less is preferable, 40% or less is preferable, and 30% or less is preferable.
 AN11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31及びAN32はそれぞれ独立してΔnを大きくすることが求められる場合には芳香族であることが好ましく、応答速度を改善するためには脂肪族であることが好ましく、トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-フェニレン基、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3,5-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、2,3-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基、1,4-ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクチレン基、ピペリジン-1,4-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基を表すことが好ましく、下記の構造を表すことがより好ましく、 A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31, and A N32 are preferably aromatic when it is required to increase Δn independently, and in order to improve the response speed, fat Preferably a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5 -Difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1 , 4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group Preferred, it is more preferable that represents the following structures,
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表すことがより好ましい。 More preferably, it represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
 ZN11、ZN12、ZN21、ZN22、ZN31及びZN32はそれぞれ独立して-CHO-、-CFO-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-又は単結合を表すことが好ましく、-CHO-、-CHCH-又は単結合が更に好ましく、-CHO-又は単結合が特に好ましい。 Z N11, Z N12, Z N21 , Z N22, Z N31 and Z N32 -CH 2 each independently O -, - CF 2 O - , - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF 2 CF 2 - or a single bond preferably represents an, -CH 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 - or a single bond is more preferable, -CH 2 O-or a single bond is particularly preferred.
 XN21はフッ素原子が好ましい。 XN21 is preferably a fluorine atom.
 TN31は酸素原子が好ましい。 T N31 is preferably an oxygen atom.
 nN11+nN12、nN21+nN22及びnN31+nN32は1又は2が好ましく、nN11が1でありnN12が0である組み合わせ、nN11が2でありnN12が0である組み合わせ、nN11が1でありnN12が1である組み合わせ、nN11が2でありnN12が1である組み合わせ、nN21が1でありnN22が0である組み合わせ、nN21が2でありnN22が0である組み合わせ、nN31が1でありnN32が0である組み合わせ、nN31が2でありnN32が0である組み合わせ、が好ましい。 n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 and n N31 + n N32 are preferably 1 or 2, a combination in which n N11 is 1 and n N12 is 0, a combination in which n N11 is 2 and n N12 is 0, n A combination in which N11 is 1 and n N12 is 1, a combination in which n N11 is 2 and n N12 is 1, a combination in which n N21 is 1 and n N22 is 0, n N21 is 2 and n N22 is n A combination in which n N31 is 1 and n N32 is 0, and a combination in which n N31 is 2 and n N32 is 0 are preferable.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、10%であり、20%であり、30%であり、40%であり、50%であり、55%であり、60%であり、65%であり、70%であり、75%であり、80%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、95%であり、85%であり、75%であり、65%であり、55%であり、45%であり、35%であり、25%であり、20%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 10%, 20%, 30% , 40%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, and 80%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, 25%, 20% It is.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、10%であり、20%であり、30%であり、40%であり、50%であり、55%であり、60%であり、65%であり、70%であり、75%であり、80%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、95%であり、85%であり、75%であり、65%であり、55%であり、45%であり、35%であり、25%であり、20%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 10%, 20%, 30% , 40%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, and 80%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, 25%, 20% It is.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、10%であり、20%であり、30%であり、40%であり、50%であり、55%であり、60%であり、65%であり、70%であり、75%であり、80%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、95%であり、85%であり、75%であり、65%であり、55%であり、45%であり、35%であり、25%であり、20%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 10%, 20%, 30% , 40%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, and 80%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, 25%, 20% It is.
 本発明の組成物の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。さらに、本発明の組成物のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the composition of the present invention is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, the above lower limit value is preferably low and the upper limit value is preferably low. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention keeps Tni high and a composition having good temperature stability is required, the above lower limit value is preferably low and the upper limit value is preferably low. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is increased and the upper limit value is high.
 一般式(N-1)で表される化合物として、一般式(N-11)及び一般式(N-12)で表される化合物を1種または2種以上含有することが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1) preferably contains one or more compounds represented by the general formula (N-11) and the general formula (N-12).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(式中、RN11、RN12、AN11、AN12、ZN11、ZN12、nN11及びnN12はそれぞれ独立して一般式(N-1)におけるRN11、RN12、AN11、AN12、ZN11、ZN12、nN11及びnN121と同じ意味を表し、AN121及びAN212はそれぞれ独立して一般式(N-1)におけるAN11と同じ意味を表し、nN121及びnN122はそれぞれ独立して0、1又は2を表すが、nN121+nN122は0、1、2又は3を表す。)
 一般式(N-11)及び一般式(N-12)で表される化合物として、下記の一般式(N-1a)~(N-1g)で表される化合物群を挙げることができる。
(In the formula, R N11 , R N12 , A N11 , A N12 , Z N11 , Z N12 , n N11 and n N12 are each independently R N11 , R N12 , A N11 , A in the general formula (N-1). N12, Z N11, Z N12, n represents the same meaning as N11 and n N121, a N121 and a N212 each independently represent the same meaning as a N11 in the general formula (n-1), n N121 and n N122 Each independently represents 0, 1 or 2, but n N121 + n N122 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3.)
Examples of the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-11) and (N-12) include compounds represented by the following general formulas (N-1a) to (N-1g).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(式中、RN11及びRN12は一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表し、nNa11は0又は1を表し、nNb11は0又は1を表し、nNc11は0又は1を表し、nNd11は1又は2を表し、nNe11は1又は2を表し、nNg11は1又は2を表し、ANe11はトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表し、ANg11はトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表すが少なくとも1つは1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基を表し、ZNe 11は単結合又はエチレンを表すが少なくとも1つはエチレンを表す。)
 一般式(N-1e)は、一般式(N-1e-1)及び一般式(N-1e-2)であることが好ましい。
(Wherein, R N11 and R N12 are as defined R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1), n Na11 represents 0 or 1, n NB11 represents 0 or 1, n NC11 is Represents 0 or 1, n Nd11 represents 1 or 2, n Ne11 represents 1 or 2, n Ng11 represents 1 or 2, A Ne11 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or 1,4 Represents a phenylene group, and A Ng11 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, at least one of which is a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group Z Ne 11 represents a single bond or ethylene, but at least one represents ethylene.)
The general formula (N-1e) is preferably the general formula (N-1e-1) and the general formula (N-1e-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(式中、RN11及びRN12は一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表し、nNe11は一般式(N-1e)におけるnNe11と同じ意味を表し、nNe12は1又は2を表し、nNe13は0又は1を表し、nNe12+nNe13は1又は2を表す。)
 より具体的には、一般式(N-11)及び一般式(N-12)で表される化合物として、より具体的には、一般式(N-1-1)~(N-1-21)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。
(Wherein, R N11 and R N12 are as defined R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1), n Ne11 are as defined n NE11 in formula (N-1e), n Ne12 Represents 1 or 2, n Ne13 represents 0 or 1, and n Ne12 + n Ne13 represents 1 or 2.
More specifically, the compounds represented by general formula (N-11) and general formula (N-12) are more specifically represented by general formulas (N-1-1) to (N-1-21). It is preferable that it is a compound chosen from the compound group represented by this.
 一般式(N-1-1)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(式中、RN111及びRN112はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN111は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、プロピル基、ペンチル基又はビニル基が好ましい。RN112は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N111 and R N112 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).)
R N111 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably a propyl group, a pentyl group or a vinyl group. RN112 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-1)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Setting to a small value is highly effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%であり、23%であり、25%であり、27%であり、30%であり、33%であり、35%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、50%であり、40%であり、38%であり、35%であり、33%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、7%であり、6%であり、5%であり、3%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-1) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 50%, 40%, 38%, 35%, 33%, 30%, and 28% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, 6% %, 5%, 3%.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-1)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-1.1)から式(N-1-1.22)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-1.1)~(N-1-1.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-1.1)及び式(N-1-1.3)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-1.1) to the formula (N-1-1.22). Preferably, it is a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.4), and the formula (N-1-1.1) and the formula (N The compound represented by -1-1.3) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 式(N-1-1.1)~(N-1-1.22)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%であり、23%であり、25%であり、27%であり、30%であり、33%であり、35%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、50%であり、40%であり、38%であり、35%であり、33%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、7%であり、6%であり、5%であり、3%である。 The compounds represented by formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.22) can be used alone or in combination. The lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%, 23% 25% 27% 30% 33% 35% The upper limit of the preferable content is 50%, 40%, 38%, 35%, 33%, 30%, and 28% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, 6% %, 5%, 3%.
 一般式(N-1-2)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(式中、RN121及びRN122はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN121は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基又はペンチル基が好ましい。RN122は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、メチル基、プロピル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基又はプロポキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N121 and R N122 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).)
RN121 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group or a pentyl group. RN122 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and includes a methyl group, a propyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, or a propoxy group. preferable.
  一般式(N-1-2)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When emphasizing the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When emphasizing the solubility at low temperature, it is more effective to set the content lower. When emphasizing T NI , the content is preferable. Setting a large number of is highly effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5%であり、7%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%であり、23%であり、25%であり、27%であり、30%であり、33%であり、35%であり、37%であり、40%であり、42%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、50%であり、48%であり、45%であり、43%であり、40%であり、38%であり、35%であり、33%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、7%であり、6%であり、5%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 7%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%, 37% 40% and 42%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 50%, 48%, 45%, 43%, 40%, 38%, and 35% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 33%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% %, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-2)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-2.1)から式(N-1-2.22)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-2.3)から式(N-1-2.7)、式(N-1-2.10)、式(N-1-2.11)、式(N-1-2.13)及び式(N-1-2.20)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、Δεの改良を重視する場合には式(N-1-2.3)から式(N-1-2.7)で表される化合物が好ましく、TNIの改良を重視する場合には式(N-1-2.10)、式(N-1-2.11)及び式(N-1-2.13)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、応答速度の改良を重視する場合には式(N-1-2.20)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-2.1) to the formula (N-1-2.22). It is preferable that the formula (N-1-2.3) to the formula (N-1-2.7), the formula (N-1-2.10), the formula (N-1-2.11), the formula A compound represented by formula (N-1-2.13) and formula (N-1-2.20) is preferred. When importance is attached to the improvement of Δε, formula (N-1-2.3) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.7) from when emphasizing improvements in T NI formula (N-1-2.10), formula (N-1-2.11) And a compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.13), and when emphasizing improvement in response speed, the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.20) Is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 式(N-1-2.1)から式(N-1-2.22)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%であり、23%であり、25%であり、27%であり、30%であり、33%であり、35%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、50%であり、40%であり、38%であり、35%であり、33%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、7%であり、6%であり、5%であり、3%である。 The compounds represented by formula (N-1-2.1) to formula (N-1-2.22) can be used alone or in combination. The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount of is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%, 23 %, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, and 35%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 50%, 40%, 38%, 35%, 33%, 30%, and 28% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, 6% %, 5%, 3%.
 一般式(N-1-3)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(式中、RN131及びRN132はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN131は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN132は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数3~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、1-プロペニル基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N131 and R N132 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).)
R N131 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N132 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably a 1-propenyl group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group. .
 一般式(N-1-3)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-3)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-3.1)から式(N-1-3.21)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-3.1)~(N-1-3.7)及び式(N-1-3.21)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-3.1)、式(N-1-3.2)、式(N-1-3.3)、式(N-1-3.4)及び式(N-1-3.6)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-3.1) to the formula (N-1-3.21). It is preferably a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.7) and the formula (N-1-3.21). -1-3.1), formula (N-1-3.2), formula (N-1-3.3), formula (N-1-3.4) and formula (N-1-3.6) ) Is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 式(N-1-3.1)~式(N-1-3.4)、式(N-1-3.6)及び式(N-1-3.21)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、式(N-1-3.1)及び式(N-1-3.2)の組み合わせ、式(N-1-3.3)、式(N-1-3.4)及び式(N-1-3.6)から選ばれる2種又は3種の組み合わせが好ましい。本発明の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 Compounds represented by formula (N-1-3.1) to formula (N-1-3.4), formula (N-1-3.6) and formula (N-1-3.21) are used alone Can be used in combination, or can be used in combination, but the combination of formula (N-1-3.1) and formula (N-1-3.2), formula (N-1-3.3) ), Formula (N-1-3.4) and formula (N-1-3.6) are preferred. The lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20% %. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 一般式(N-1-4)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(式中、RN141及びRN142はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN141及びRN142はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、メチル基、プロピル基、エトキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
(Wherein, R N141 and R N142 each independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N).)
R N141 and R N142 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms carbon atoms 4-5 preferably a methyl group, a propyl group, an ethoxy Group or butoxy group is preferred.
 一般式(N-1-4)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Setting to a small value is highly effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、11%であり、10%であり、8%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-4) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 3%, 5%, 7%, 10% 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, 13%, 11%, 10%, and 8%.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-4)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-4.1)から式(N-1-4.14)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-4.1)~(N-1-4.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-4.1)、式(N-1-4.2)及び式(N-1-4.4)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-4.1) to the formula (N-1-4.14). Preferably, it is a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.4), and the formula (N-1-4.1) and the formula (N -1-4.2) and compounds represented by formula (N-1-4.4) are preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 式(N-1-4.1)~(N-1-4.14)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、11%であり、10%であり、8%である。 The compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.14) can be used alone or in combination, but the compounds of the present invention The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount is 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17% And 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, 13%, 11%, 10%, and 8%.
 一般式(N-1-5)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(式中、RN151及びRN152はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN151及びRN152はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましくエチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N151 and R N152 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).)
R N151 and R N152 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. Is preferred.
 一般式(N-1-5)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When emphasizing the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When emphasizing the solubility at low temperature, it is more effective to set the content lower. When emphasizing T NI , the content is preferable. Setting a large number of is highly effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5%であり、8%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、33%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 8%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 33%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, and 20% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 18%, 15% and 13%.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-5)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-5.1)から式(N-1-5.6)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-5.1)、式(N-1-5.2)及び式(N-1-5.4)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-5.1) to the formula (N-1-5.6). It is preferable that the compound represented by formula (N-1-5.1), formula (N-1-5.2) and formula (N-1-5.4) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 式(N-1-5.1)、式(N-1-5.2)及び式(N-1-5.4)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5%であり、8%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、33%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The compounds represented by formula (N-1-5.1), formula (N-1-5.2) and formula (N-1-5.4) may be used alone or in combination. However, the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 33%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, and 20% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 18%, 15% and 13%.
 一般式(N-1-10)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
(式中、RN1101及びRN1102はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1101は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ビニル基又は1-プロペニル基が好ましい。RN1102は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N1101 and R N1102 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).)
R N1101 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group. R N1102 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-10)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Setting to a higher value is more effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-10)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-10) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-10)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-10.1)から式(N-1-10.19)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-10.1)~(N-1-10.5)、式(N-1-10.16)及び式(N-1-10.17)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-10.1)、式(N-1-10.2)、式(N-1-10.16)及び式(N-1-10.17)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-10.1) to the formula (N-1-10.19). Are preferably represented by the formulas (N-1-10.1) to (N-1-10.5), the formula (N-1-10.16), and the formula (N-1-10.17). And the compounds of the formula (N-1-10.1), formula (N-1-10.2), formula (N-1-10.16) and formula (N-1-10.17) are preferred. ) Is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式(N-1-10.1)、式(N-1-10.2)、式(N-1-10.16)及び式(N-1-10.17)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The compounds represented by formula (N-1-10.1), formula (N-1-10.2), formula (N-1-10.16) and formula (N-1-10.17) are used alone Can be used in combination or in combination, but the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10% 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 一般式(N-1-11)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
(式中、RN1111及びRN1112はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1111は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ビニル基又は1-プロペニル基が好ましい。RN1112は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N1111 and R N1112 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).)
R N1111 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group. R N1112 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-11)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を低めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When emphasizing the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When emphasizing the solubility at low temperature, setting the content lower is more effective, and when emphasizing TNI , the content. Setting to a higher value is more effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-11)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-11) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-11)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-11.1)から式(N-1-11.14)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-11.2)、式(N-1-11.4)、式(N-1-11.13)及び式(N-1-11.14)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-11.1) to the formula (N-1-11.14). Preferably, it is represented by the formula (N-1-11.2), the formula (N-1-11.4), the formula (N-1-11.13) and the formula (N-1-11.14). Are preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式(N-1-11.2)、式(N-1-11.4)、式(N-1-11.17)及び式(N-1-11.18)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The compounds represented by formula (N-1-11.2), formula (N-1-11.4), formula (N-1-11.17) and formula (N-1-11.18) are singly Can be used in combination or in combination, but the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10% 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 一般式(N-1-12)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-12) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
(式中、RN1121及びRN1122はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1121は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1122は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N1121 and R N1122 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).)
RN1121 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. RN1122 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-12)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-12) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-12)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-12) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 一般式(N-1-13)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-13) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
(式中、RN1131及びRN1132はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1131は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1132は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N1131 and R N1132 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).)
R N1131 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N1132 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-13)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-13) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-13)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-13) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 一般式(N-1-14)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-14) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
(式中、RN1141及びRN1142はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1141は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1142は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N1141 and R N1142 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N).)
R N1141 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N1142 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-14)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-14) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-14)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-14) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 一般式(N-1-15)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-15) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
(式中、RN1151及びRN1152はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1151は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1152は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N1151 and R N1152 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).)
RN1151 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N1152 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-15)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-15) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-15)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-15) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 一般式(N-1-16)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-16) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
(式中、RN1161及びRN1162はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1161は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1162は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N1161 and R N1162 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).)
R N1161 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N1162 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-16)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-16) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-16)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-16) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 一般式(N-1-17)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-17) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
(式中、RN1171及びRN1172はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1171は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1172は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N1171 and R N1172 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N)).
RN1171 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N1172 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-17)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-17) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-17)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-17) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 一般式(N-1-18)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。一般式(N-1-18)で表される化合物は、分子長が長く且つ剛直性を有するため、コントラストの向上の観点から、一般式(N-1-18)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-18) is the following compound. Since the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-18) has a long molecular length and rigidity, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-18) is contained from the viewpoint of improving contrast. It is preferable to do.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
(式中、RN1181及びRN1182はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1181は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1182は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N1181 and R N1182 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N)).
RN1181 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N1182 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-18)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-18) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-18)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-18) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  さらに、一般式(N-1-18)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-18.1)から式(N-1-18.5)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-18.1)~(N-1-11.3)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-18.2及び式(N-1-18.3)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-18) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-18.1) to the formula (N-1-18.5). Preferably, it is a compound represented by the formulas (N-18.1. 1) to (N-1-11.3), and is preferably a compound represented by the formula (N-1-18.2) or the formula (N- The compound represented by 1-18.3) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 一般式(N-1-20)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-20) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
(式中、RN1201及びRN1202はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1201及びRN1202はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N1201 and R N1202 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N)).
R N1201 and R N1202 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
 一般式(N-1-20)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-20) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-20)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-20) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 一般式(N-1-21)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-21) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
(式中、RN1211及びRN1212はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1211及びRN1212はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N1211 and R N1212 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).)
R N1211 and R N1212 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
 一般式(N-1-21)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-21) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-21)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-21) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 一般式(N-1-22) で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-22) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
(式中、RN1221及びRN1222はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1221及びRN1222はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。
(In the formula, RN1221 and RN1222 each independently represent the same meaning as RN11 and RN12 in General Formula (N)).
R N1221 and R N1222 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group.
 一般式(N-1-22)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-22) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-21)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、5%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-21) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, 13%, 10%, 5%.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-22)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-22.1)から式(N-1-22.12)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-22.1)~(N-1-22.5)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-22.1)~(N-1-22.4)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-22) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-22.1) to the formula (N-1-22.12). Preferably, it is a compound represented by formulas (N-1-22.1) to (N-1-22.5), and preferably represented by formulas (N-1-22.1) to (N- The compound represented by 1-22.4) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 一般式(N-2)で表される化合物は、一般式(N-2a)、一般式(N-2b)又は一般式(N-2c)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-2) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (N-2a), the general formula (N-2b) or the general formula (N-2c).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
(式中、RN21、RN22、ZN21及びXN21は、それぞれ独立して一般式(N-2)におけるRN21、RN22、ZN21及びXN21と同じ意味を表し、AN211及びAN212はそれぞれ独立して1,4-シクロへキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表すが、1,4-シクロへキシレン基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-又は-S-に置き換えられても良く、1,4-フェニレン基中に存在する1個の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子又は塩素原子に置換されても良く、ZN211及びZN212はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CHCH-又は-CFCF-を表す。)
 一般式(N-2a)又は一般式(N-2b)で表される化合物において、ZN21は単結合、-OCH-、-CHO-又は-CHCHを表すことが好ましい。
(Wherein, R N21, R N22, Z N21 and X N21 represent the same meaning as R N21, R N22, Z N21 and X N21 in the general formula (N-2) each independently, A N211 and A N212 each independently represents a 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, but one —CH 2 — present in the 1,4-cyclohexylene group or not adjacent 2 One or more —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O— or —S—, and one hydrogen atom present in the 1,4-phenylene group is each independently replaced by a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom. At best, Z N211 and Z N212 each independently represent a single bond, -OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - OCF 2 -, - CF 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 - or -CF 2 CF 2 - represents a.
In the compound represented by the general formula (N-2a) or Formula (N-2b), Z N21 represents a single bond, -OCH 2 -, - preferably represents a CH 2 O- or -CH 2 CH 2.
 一般式(N-2c)で表される化合物は、下記一般式(N-2c-1)~一般式(N-2c-6)で表される化合物が好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-2c) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (N-2c-1) to general formula (N-2c-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
(式中、RN21及びRN22は、それぞれ独立して一般式(N-2)におけるRN21及びRN22と同じ意味を表す。)
 一般式(N-3)で表される化合物は、一般式(N-3a)、一般式(N-3b)又は一般式(N-3c)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
(In the formula, R N21 and R N22 each independently represent the same meaning as R N21 and R N22 in formula (N-2).)
The compound represented by the general formula (N-3) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (N-3a), the general formula (N-3b), or the general formula (N-3c).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
(式中、RN31、RN32及びZN31は、それぞれ独立して一般式(N-3)におけるRN31、RN32及びZN31と同じ意味を表し、AN311及びAN312はそれぞれ独立して1,4-シクロへキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表すが、1,4-シクロへキシレン基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-又は-S-に置き換えられても良く、1,4-フェニレン基中に存在する1個の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子又は塩素原子に置換されても良く、ZN311及びZN312はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CHCH-又は-CFCF-を表す。)
 一般式(N-3a)又は一般式(N-3b)で表される化合物において、ZN31は単結合、-OCH-、-CHO-又は-CHCHを表すことが好ましい。
(Wherein R N31 , R N32 and Z N31 each independently represent the same meaning as R N31 , R N32 and Z N31 in formula (N-3), and A N311 and A N312 each independently 1 —CH 2 — represents a 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, and one —CH 2 — present in the 1,4-cyclohexylene group or two or more —CH 2 not adjacent to each other — May be replaced by —O— or —S—, and one hydrogen atom present in the 1,4-phenylene group may be independently replaced by a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, and Z N 311 And Z N 312 each independently represents a single bond, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH 2 CH 2 — or —CF 2 CF 2 —.
In the compound represented by the general formula (N-3a) or Formula (N-3b), Z N31 represents a single bond, -OCH 2 -, - preferably represents a CH 2 O- or -CH 2 CH 2.
 一般式(N-3c)で表される化合物は、下記一般式(N-3c-1)~一般式(N-3c-3)で表される化合物が好ましく、い。一般式(N-3c-1)表される化合物がより好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-3c) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (N-3c-1) to general formula (N-3c-3). A compound represented by the general formula (N-3c-1) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
(式中、RN31及びRN32は、それぞれ独立して一般式(N-3)におけるRN31及びRN32と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN31及びRN32は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、プロピル基又はペンチル基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N31 and R N32 each independently represent the same meaning as R N31 and R N32 in formula (N-3).)
R N31 and R N32 are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably a propyl group or a pentyl group.
 一般式(N-3c-1)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-3c-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When emphasizing the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When emphasizing the solubility at low temperatures, it is more effective to set a larger content. When emphasizing TNI, the content is preferably increased. Setting it to a small value is highly effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-3c-1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3%であり、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%であり、23%であり、25%であり、27%であり、30%であり、33%であり、35%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、50%であり、40%であり、38%であり、35%であり、33%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、7%であり、6%であり、5%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-3c-1) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 3%, 5%, 10%, 13% , 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, and 35%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 50%, 40%, 38%, 35%, 33%, 30%, and 28% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, 6% % And 5%.
 さらに、一般式(N-3c-1)で表される化合物は、式(N-3c-1.1)から式(N-3c-1.3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-3c-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-3c-1.1) to the formula (N-3c-1.3). Preferably there is.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 本発明の液晶組成物において、一般式(N-1)~(N-3)で表される化合物を2種以上含有する場合は、一般式(N-1)~(N-3)で表される化合物のうちいずれかの式のみから選ばれる化合物を2種以上含有してもよいし、一般式(N-1)~(N-3)で表される化合物から選ばれる2つ以上の式から選ばれる化合物を2種以上含有してもよい。 When the liquid crystal composition of the present invention contains two or more compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1) to (N-3), it is represented by the general formulas (N-1) to (N-3). May contain two or more compounds selected from only one of the formulas, or two or more selected from the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1) to (N-3) You may contain 2 or more types of compounds chosen from a formula.
 本発明の液晶組成物は、一般式(N-1)で表される化合物を1種又は2種以上含有することが好ましく、一般式(N-11)、一般式(N-12)で表される化合物を1種又は2種以上含有することが好ましく、2種から10種含有することがより好ましい。詳述すると、一般式(N-1-a)~一般式(N-1-f)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物を1種又は2種以上含有することが好ましく、一般式一般式(N-1-a)~一般式(N-1-f)で表される化合物の組み合わせであることがより好ましい。 The liquid crystal composition of the present invention preferably contains one or more compounds represented by general formula (N-1), and is represented by general formula (N-11) or general formula (N-12). It is preferable to contain 1 type, or 2 or more types of compound to be made, and it is more preferable to contain 2 to 10 types. Specifically, it is preferable to contain one or more compounds selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (N-1-a) to (N-1-f). A combination of compounds represented by (N-1-a) to general formula (N-1-f) is more preferable.
 更に詳述すると、一般式(N-1-1)~一般式(N-1-21)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物を1種又は2種以上含有することが好ましく、一般式(N-1-1)~一般式(N-1-21)で表される化合物の組み合わせであることがより好ましい。具体的には、一般式(N-1-1)、一般式(N-1-2)、一般式(N-1-3)、一般式(N-1-4)、一般式(N-1-5)、一般式(N-1-10)、一般式(N-1-11)、一般式(N-1-18)、で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物を1種又は2種以上含有することが好ましく、一般式(N-1-1)、一般式(N-1-2)、一般式(N-1-3)、一般式(N-1-4)、一般式(N-1-5)、一般式(N-1-10)、一般式(N-1-11)、一般式(N-1-18)で表される化合物の組み合わせであることが好ましい。より具体的には、一般式(N-1-10)、一般式(N-1-11)及び一般式(N-1-18)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物を1種又は2種以上含有することが好ましく、一般式(N-1-10)、一般式(N-1-11)及び一般式(N-1-18)で表される化合物の組み合わせであることが好ましい。 More specifically, it is preferable to contain one or more compounds selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (N-1-1) to (N-1-21). A combination of compounds represented by formula (N-1-1) to general formula (N-1-21) is more preferable. Specifically, general formula (N-1-1), general formula (N-1-2), general formula (N-1-3), general formula (N-1-4), general formula (N- 1-5), one or two compounds selected from the group of compounds represented by general formula (N-1-10), general formula (N-1-11), and general formula (N-1-18) It is preferable to contain more than one species, and the general formula (N-1-1), general formula (N-1-2), general formula (N-1-3), general formula (N-1-4), general formula A combination of compounds represented by (N-1-5), general formula (N-1-10), general formula (N-1-11), and general formula (N-1-18) is preferable. More specifically, one or two compounds selected from the compound group represented by formula (N-1-10), formula (N-1-11) and formula (N-1-18) are used. It is preferable to contain more than one species, and a combination of compounds represented by general formula (N-1-10), general formula (N-1-11) and general formula (N-1-18) is preferable.
 また、一般式(N-1-11.17)、一般式(N-1-11.18)、及び一般式(N-1-18)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物を1種又は2種以上含有することが好ましく、一般式(N-1-11.17)、一般式(N-1-11.18)、及び一般式(N-1-18)化合物の組み合わせであることが好ましい。 In addition, one or more compounds selected from the compound group represented by the general formula (N-1-11.17), the general formula (N-1-11.18), and the general formula (N-1-18) It is preferable to contain two or more kinds, and it is a combination of the compounds of the general formula (N-1-11.17), general formula (N-1-11.18), and general formula (N-1-18). preferable.
 一般式(N-1)~(N-3)で表される化合物の含有量の総量は10から90質量%であることが好ましく、15から90質量%が更に好ましく、20から90質量%が更に好ましく、20から80質量%が更に好ましく、30から80質量%が更に好ましく、45から80質量%が更に好ましく、45から75質量%が特に好ましい。 The total amount of the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1) to (N-3) is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, more preferably 15 to 90% by mass, and 20 to 90% by mass. More preferably, 20 to 80% by mass is further preferable, 30 to 80% by mass is further preferable, 45 to 80% by mass is further preferable, and 45 to 75% by mass is particularly preferable.
 より具体的には、一般式(N-1)~(N-3)で表される化合物の含有量の総量は、組成物中に下限値として、1%以上含有することが好ましく、5%以上が好ましく、10%以上が好ましく、13%以上が好ましく、15%以上が好ましく、18%以上が好ましく、20%以上が好ましく、23%以上が好ましく、25%以上が好ましく、28%以上が好ましく、30%以上が好ましく、33%以上が好ましく、35%以上が好ましく、38%以上が好ましく、40%以上が好ましい。また、上限値として、95%以下含有することが好ましく、90%以下が好ましく、88%以下が好ましく、85%以下が好ましく、83%以下が好ましく、80%以下が好ましく、78%以下が好ましく、75%以下が好ましく、73%以下が好ましく、70%以下が好ましく、68%以下が好ましく、65%以下が好ましく、63%以下が好ましく、60%以下が好ましく、55%以下が好ましく、50%以下が好ましく、40%以下が好ましい。 More specifically, the total content of the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1) to (N-3) is preferably 1% or more as a lower limit in the composition, preferably 5% Or more, preferably 10% or more, preferably 13% or more, preferably 15% or more, preferably 18% or more, preferably 20% or more, preferably 23% or more, preferably 25% or more, and 28% or more Preferably, 30% or more is preferable, 33% or more is preferable, 35% or more is preferable, 38% or more is preferable, and 40% or more is preferable. Further, the upper limit value is preferably 95% or less, preferably 90% or less, preferably 88% or less, preferably 85% or less, preferably 83% or less, preferably 80% or less, and preferably 78% or less. 75% or less, preferably 73% or less, preferably 70% or less, preferably 68% or less, preferably 65% or less, preferably 63% or less, preferably 60% or less, preferably 55% or less, 50 % Or less is preferable, and 40% or less is preferable.
 一般式(N-1-11.17)及び一般式(N-1-11.18)で表される化合物の含有量の総量は、組成物中に下限値として、1%以上含有することが好ましく、5%以上含有することが好ましく、10%以上含有することが好ましく、13%以上含有することが好ましく、15%以上含有することが好ましく、18%以上含有することが好ましく、20%以上含有することが好ましく、23%以上含有することが好ましく、25%以上含有することが好ましく、28%以上含有することが好ましく、30%以上含有することが好ましく、33%以上含有することが好ましく、35%以上含有することが好ましく、38%以上含有することが好ましく、40%以上含有することが好ましい。また、上限値として、95%以下含有することが好ましく、90%以下含有することが好ましく、88%以下含有することが好ましく、85%以下含有することが好ましく、83%以下含有することが好ましく、80%以下含有することが好ましく、78%以下含有することが好ましく、75%以下含有することが好ましく、73%以下含有することが好ましく、70%以下含有することが好ましく、68%以下含有することが好ましく、65%以下含有することが好ましく、63%以下含有することが好ましく、60%以下含有することが好ましく、55%以下含有することが好ましく、50%以下含有することが好ましく、40%以下含有することが好ましい。 The total amount of the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-11.17) and the general formula (N-1-11.18) may be 1% or more as a lower limit in the composition. Preferably, 5% or more is contained, preferably 10% or more, preferably 13% or more, preferably 15% or more, preferably 18% or more, preferably 20% or more It is preferable to contain, preferably 23% or more, preferably 25% or more, preferably 28% or more, preferably 30% or more, preferably 33% or more. , 35% or more, preferably 38% or more, and preferably 40% or more. Further, the upper limit value is preferably 95% or less, preferably 90% or less, preferably 88% or less, preferably 85% or less, and preferably 83% or less. 80% or less, preferably 78% or less, preferably 75% or less, preferably 73% or less, preferably 70% or less, preferably 68% or less Preferably 65% or less, preferably 63% or less, preferably 60% or less, preferably 55% or less, preferably 50% or less, It is preferable to contain 40% or less.
 一般式(N-1-11.17)、一般式(N-1-11.18)、及び一般式(N-1-18)で表される化合物の含有量の総量は、組成物中に下限値として、1%以上含有することが好ましく、5%以上含有することが好ましく、10%以上含有することが好ましく、13%以上含有することが好ましく、15%以上含有することが好ましく、18%以上含有することが好ましく、20%以上含有することが好ましく、23%以上含有することが好ましく、25%以上含有することが好ましく、28%以上含有することが好ましく、30%以上含有することが好ましく、33%以上含有することが好ましく、35%以上含有することが好ましい。また、上限値として、80%以下含有することが好ましく、78%以下含有することが好ましく、75%以下含有することが好ましく、73%以下含有することが好ましく、70%以下含有することが好ましく、68%以下含有することが好ましく、65%以下含有することが好ましく、63%以下含有することが好ましく、60%以下含有することが好ましく、55%以下含有することが好ましく、50%以下含有することが好ましく、40%以下含有することが好ましい。 The total amount of the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-11.17), the general formula (N-1-11.18), and the general formula (N-1-18) is The lower limit is preferably 1% or more, preferably 5% or more, preferably 10% or more, preferably 13% or more, preferably 15% or more, 18 %, Preferably 20% or more, preferably 23% or more, preferably 25% or more, preferably 28% or more, 30% or more. It is preferable to contain 33% or more, preferably 35% or more. Further, the upper limit is preferably 80% or less, preferably 78% or less, preferably 75% or less, preferably 73% or less, and preferably 70% or less. 68% or less, preferably 65% or less, preferably 63% or less, preferably 60% or less, preferably 55% or less, preferably 50% or less The content is preferably 40% or less.
 本発明の液晶組成物は、一般式(L)で表される化合物を1種類又は2種類以上含有することが好ましい。一般式(L)で表される化合物は誘電的にほぼ中性の化合物(Δεの値が-2~2)に該当する。 The liquid crystal composition of the present invention preferably contains one or more compounds represented by the general formula (L). The compound represented by the general formula (L) corresponds to a dielectrically neutral compound (Δε value is −2 to 2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
(式中、RL1及びRL2はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1個又は非隣接の2個以上の-CH-はそれぞれ独立して-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
 nL1は0、1、2又は3を表し、
 AL1、AL2及びAL3はそれぞれ独立して
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置き換えられてもよい。)
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい。)及び
(c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられても良い。)
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていても良く、
 ZL1及びZL2はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-を表し、
 nL1が2又は3であってAL2が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、nL1が2又は3であってZL3が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良いが、一般式(N-1)、(N-2)及び(N-3)で表される化合物を除く。)
 一般式(L)で表される化合物は単独で用いてもよいが、組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの所望の性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類である。あるいは本発明の別の実施形態では2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類であり、6種類であり、7種類であり、8種類であり、9種類であり、10種類以上である。
(Wherein R L1 and R L2 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl group are each independently Optionally substituted by —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—,
n L1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3,
A L1 , A L2 and A L3 each independently represent (a) a 1,4-cyclohexylene group (one —CH 2 — present in the group or two or more —CH 2 — not adjacent to each other). May be replaced by -O-.)
(B) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH═ present in the group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═) and (c) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,2 , 3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, one —CH═ or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═.
The group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
Z L1 and Z L2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCF 2 -, -CF 2 O-, -CH = NN-CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF- or -C≡C-
When n L1 is 2 or 3, and a plurality of A L2 are present, they may be the same or different, and when n L1 is 2 or 3, and a plurality of Z L3 are present, May be the same or different, but excludes compounds represented by general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3). )
Although the compound represented by general formula (L) may be used independently, it can also be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to desired properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention. Alternatively, in another embodiment of the present invention, there are two types, three types, four types, five types, six types, seven types, eight types, nine types, 10 types, More than types.
 本発明の組成物において、一般式(L)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the composition of the present invention, the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L) is low-temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, image sticking, It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to required performance such as dielectric anisotropy.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、10%であり、20%であり、30%であり、40%であり、50%であり、55%であり、60%であり、65%であり、70%であり、75%であり、80%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、95%であり、85%であり、75%であり、65%であり、55%であり、45%であり、35%であり、25%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40 %, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, and 25%.
 本発明の組成物の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。さらに、本発明の組成物のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the composition of the present invention is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, the above lower limit value is preferably high and the upper limit value is preferably high. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention maintains a high Tni and requires a composition having good temperature stability, the above lower limit value is preferably high and the upper limit value is preferably high. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is lowered and the upper limit value is low.
 信頼性を重視する場合にはRL1及びRL2はともにアルキル基であることが好ましく、化合物の揮発性を低減させることを重視する場合にはアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、粘性の低下を重視する場合には少なくとも一方はアルケニル基であることが好ましい。 When importance is attached to reliability, R L1 and R L2 are preferably both alkyl groups, and when importance is placed on reducing the volatility of the compound, it is preferably an alkoxy group, and importance is placed on viscosity reduction. In this case, at least one is preferably an alkenyl group.
 分子内に存在するハロゲン原子は0、1、2又は3個が好ましく、0又は1が好ましく、他の液晶分子との相溶性を重視する場合には1が好ましい。 The number of halogen atoms present in the molecule is preferably 0, 1, 2 or 3, preferably 0 or 1, and 1 is preferred when importance is attached to compatibility with other liquid crystal molecules.
 RL1及びRL2は、それが結合する環構造がフェニル基(芳香族)である場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、それが結合する環構造がシクロヘキサン、ピラン及びジオキサンなどの飽和した環構造の場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。ネマチック相を安定化させるためには炭素原子及び存在する場合酸素原子の合計が5以下であることが好ましく、直鎖状であることが好ましい。 R L1 and R L2 are each a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a linear alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms when the ring structure to which R L1 is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic). When the ring structure to which it is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane, a straight-chain C 1-5 carbon atom is preferred. Alkyl groups, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and linear alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred. In order to stabilize the nematic phase, the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present, is preferably 5 or less, and is preferably linear.
 アルケニル基としては、式(R1)から式(R9)のいずれかで表される基から選ばれることが好ましい。(各式中の黒点は環構造中の炭素原子、又は環構造中の炭素原子に結合する酸素原子を表す。) The alkenyl group is preferably selected from groups represented by any of the formulas (R1) to (R9). (The black dot in each formula represents a carbon atom in the ring structure or an oxygen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the ring structure.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 RL1及びRL2の組み合わせは特に限定されないが、両方がアルキル基を表すもの、いずれか一方がアルキル基を表し、他方がアルケニル基を表すもの、又は、いずれか一方がアルキル基をあらわし、他方がアルコキシを表すもの、又はいずれか一方がアルキル基をあらわし、他方がアルケニルオキシ基を表すものであることが好ましい。信頼性を重視する場合にはRL1及びRL2はともにアルキル基であることが好ましく、化合物の揮発性を低減させることを重視する場合にはアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、粘性の低下を重視する場合には少なくとも一方はアルケニル基であることが好ましい。 The combination of R L1 and R L2 is not particularly limited, but both represent an alkyl group, one represents an alkyl group, the other represents an alkenyl group, or one represents an alkyl group, and the other Preferably represents an alkoxy group, or one of them represents an alkyl group, and the other represents an alkenyloxy group. When importance is attached to reliability, R L1 and R L2 are preferably both alkyl groups, and when importance is placed on reducing the volatility of the compound, it is preferably an alkoxy group, and importance is placed on viscosity reduction. In this case, at least one is preferably an alkenyl group.
 本発明の液晶組成物は、一般式(L)中のRL1及びRL2の少なくとも1つ以上が以下の式(LRd) In the liquid crystal composition of the present invention, at least one of R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L) is represented by the following formula (LRd):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
(式中RLd1は水素原子又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基を表し、mLdは0~5の整数を表し、式中の黒点は環構造中の炭素原子、又は環構造中の炭素原子に結合する酸素原子を表す。)
で表される基である化合物を1種又は2種以上含有することが、液晶表示素子のコントラストの向上の観点から好ましい。更に、式(LRd)で表される基を有する化合物における分子中の環構造の数は3つ以上であること、すなわち一般式(L)で表される化合物中のm41が1又は2である化合物を1種又は2種以上含有することが、液晶表示素子のコントラストの向上の観点から好ましい。式(LRd)で表される基を有し、且つ分子中の環構造の数が3つ以上である化合物の含有量の総量は、液晶組成物において下限値として1%以上含有することが好ましく、3%以上が好ましく、5%以上が好ましく、10%以上が好ましく、15%以上が好ましく、18%以上が好ましく、20%以上が好ましく、上限値として40%以下含有することが好ましく、30%以下が好ましい。
(In the formula, R Ld1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, m Ld represents an integer of 0 to 5, and a black dot in the formula represents a carbon atom in the ring structure or a carbon atom in the ring structure. Represents an oxygen atom bonded to an atom.)
It is preferable from a viewpoint of the improvement of the contrast of a liquid crystal display element to contain 1 type, or 2 or more types of compounds which are group represented by these. Furthermore, in the compound having a group represented by the formula (LRd), the number of ring structures in the molecule is 3 or more, that is, m 41 in the compound represented by the general formula (L) is 1 or 2. It is preferable to contain one compound or two or more compounds from the viewpoint of improving the contrast of the liquid crystal display element. The total content of compounds having a group represented by the formula (LRd) and having 3 or more ring structures in the molecule is preferably 1% or more as a lower limit in the liquid crystal composition. 3% or more is preferable, 5% or more is preferable, 10% or more is preferable, 15% or more is preferable, 18% or more is preferable, 20% or more is preferable, and the upper limit value is preferably 40% or less. % Or less is preferable.
 nL1は応答速度を重視する場合には0が好ましく、ネマチック相の上限温度を改善するためには2又は3が好ましく、これらのバランスをとるためには1が好ましい。また、組成物として求められる特性を満たすためには異なる値の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましい。 n L1 is preferably 0 when importance is attached to the response speed, 2 or 3 is preferred for improving the upper limit temperature of the nematic phase, and 1 is preferred for balancing these. In order to satisfy the properties required for the composition, it is preferable to combine compounds having different values.
 AL1、AL2及びAL3はΔnを大きくすることが求められる場合には芳香族であることが好ましく、応答速度を改善するためには脂肪族であることが好ましく、それぞれ独立してトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-フェニレン基、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3,5-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基、1,4-ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクチレン基、ピペリジン-1,4-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基を表すことが好ましく、下記の構造を表すことがより好ましく、 A L1 , A L2, and A L3 are preferably aromatic when it is required to increase Δn, and are preferably aliphatic for improving the response speed, and are each independently trans- 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6 -It preferably represents a diyl group or a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, and more preferably represents the following structure:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表すことがより好ましい。 More preferably, it represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
 ZL1及びZL2はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-又は-CFO-を表し、単結合、-CHCH-、-OCF-又は-CFO-が更に好ましく、応答速度を重視する場合には単結合であることが好ましい。 Z L1 and Z L2 are each independently a single bond, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O— , -OCF 2 - or -CF 2 O-, a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCF 2 - or -CF 2 O-are more preferably a single bond in the case of emphasizing the response speed It is preferable.
 一般式(L)で表される化合物は分子内のハロゲン原子数が0個又は1個であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L) preferably has 0 or 1 halogen atom in the molecule.
 一般式(L)で表される化合物として、一般式(L-a)で表される化合物を1種又は2種以上含有することが好ましい。 It is preferable that the compound represented by the general formula (L) contains one or more compounds represented by the general formula (La).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
(式中、RL1及びRL2はそれぞれ独立して一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表し、ALa1は1,4-フェニレン基又はトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基を表し、kLa1は1又は2を表すが、kLa1が2の場合2つのALa1は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
 一般式(L-a)で表される化合物の合計含有量は、1質量%から80質量%であることが好ましく、1質量%から70質量%であることが好ましく、1質量%から60質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%から50質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%から40質量%であることが好ましく、15質量%から40質量%であることが好ましい。
(In the formula, R L1 and R L2 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L), and A La1 represents a 1,4-phenylene group or a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group. And k La1 represents 1 or 2, but when k La1 is 2, two A La1 may be the same or different.)
The total content of the compound represented by the general formula (La) is preferably 1% by mass to 80% by mass, preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass, and 1% by mass to 60% by mass. %, Preferably 10% to 50% by weight, preferably 10% to 40% by weight, and preferably 15% to 40% by weight.
 より具体的には、一般式(L-a)で表される化合物の含有量は、組成物中に下限値として、0.5質量%(以下組成物中の%は質量%を表す。)以上含有することが好ましく、1%以上含有することが好ましく、3%以上含有することが好ましく、5%以上含有することが好ましく、8%以上含有することが好ましく、10%以上含有することが好ましく、13%以上含有することが好ましく、15%以上含有することが好ましく、18%以上含有することが好ましく、20%以上含有することが好ましい。また、上限値として、80%以下含有することが好ましく、70%以下含有することが好ましく、65%以下含有することが好ましく、60%以下含有することが好ましく、55%以下含有することが好ましく、50%以下含有することが好ましく、45%以下含有することが好ましく、40%以下含有することが好ましく、38%以下含有することが好ましく、35%以下含有することが好ましく、33%以下含有することが好ましく、30%以下含有することが好ましく、28%以下含有することが好ましく、25%以下含有することが好ましい。 More specifically, the content of the compound represented by the general formula (La) is 0.5% by mass as a lower limit in the composition (hereinafter,% in the composition represents mass%). It is preferable to contain 1% or more, preferably 3% or more, preferably 5% or more, preferably 8% or more, preferably 10% or more. Preferably, it contains 13% or more, preferably contains 15% or more, preferably contains 18% or more, and preferably contains 20% or more. Further, the upper limit is preferably 80% or less, preferably 70% or less, preferably 65% or less, preferably 60% or less, and preferably 55% or less. 50% or less, preferably 45% or less, preferably 40% or less, preferably 38% or less, preferably 35% or less, preferably 33% or less It is preferable to contain 30% or less, preferably 28% or less, and preferably 25% or less.
 一般式(L)で表される化合物は、より具体的には一般式(L-1)~(L-7)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 More specifically, the compound represented by the general formula (L) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formulas (L-1) to (L-7).
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
(式中、RL11及びRL12はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。)
 RL11及びRL12は、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R L11 and R L12 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).)
R L11 and R L12 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 好ましい含有量の下限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、1%であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%であり、15%であり、20%であり、25%であり、30%であり、35%であり、40%であり、45%であり、50%であり、55%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、95%であり、90%であり、85%であり、80%であり、75%であり、70%であり、65%であり、60%であり、55%であり、50%であり、45%であり、40%であり、35%であり、30%であり、25%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, and 15% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, and 55%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 95%, 90%, 85%, 80%, 75%, 70%, 65%, based on the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%.
 本発明の組成物の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。さらに、本発明の組成物のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が中庸で上限値が中庸であることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値が低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the composition of the present invention is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, the above lower limit value is preferably high and the upper limit value is preferably high. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention requires a high Tni and a composition having good temperature stability, it is preferable that the lower limit value is moderate and the upper limit value is moderate. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the lower limit value is low and the upper limit value is low.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-1)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。大きな弾性定数を得るためには一般式(L-1-1)で表される化合物をより多く含有することが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-1). In order to obtain a large elastic constant, it is preferable to contain a larger amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
(式中RL12は一般式(L-1)における意味と同じ意味を表す。)
 一般式(L-1-1)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-1.1)から式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-1-1.2)又は式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、特に、式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
(Wherein R L12 represents the same meaning as in general formula (L-1).)
The compound represented by the general formula (L-1-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (L-1-1.1) to the formula (L-1-1.3). And is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-1-1.2) or formula (L-1-1.3), and particularly represented by formula (L-1-1.3). It is preferable that it is a compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、20%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、7%であり、6%であり、5%であり、3%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, and 10%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, and 6% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 5%, 3%.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-2)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。低い粘度又は低い回転粘性を得るためには一般式(L-1-2)で表される化合物をより多く含有することが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-2). In order to obtain a low viscosity or a low rotational viscosity, it is preferable to contain a larger amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
(式中RL12は一般式(L-1)における意味と同じ意味を表す。)
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、5%であり、10%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%であり、23%であり、25%であり、27%であり、30%であり、35%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、60%であり、55%であり、50%であり、45%であり、42%であり、40%であり、38%であり、35%であり、33%であり、30%である。
(Wherein R L12 represents the same meaning as in general formula (L-1).)
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 15% 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 35%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 42%, 40%, and 38% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 33%, and 30%.
 さらに、一般式(L-1-2)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-2.1)から式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-1-2.2)から式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。特に、式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物は本発明の組成物の応答速度を特に改善するため好ましい。また、応答速度よりも高いTniを求めるときは、式(L-1-2.3)又は式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物を用いることが好ましい。式(L-1-2.3)及び式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解度を良くするために30%以上にすることは好ましくない。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (L-1-2.1) to the formula (L-1-2.4). Preferably, it is a compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) to the formula (L-1-2.4). In particular, the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) is preferable because the response speed of the composition of the present invention is particularly improved. When obtaining Tni higher than the response speed, it is preferable to use a compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.3) or the formula (L-1-2.4). The content of the compounds represented by formula (L-1-2.3) and formula (L-1-2.4) is not preferably 30% or more in order to improve the solubility at low temperatures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、10%であり、15%であり、18%であり、20%であり、23%であり、25%であり、27%であり、30%であり、33%であり、35%であり、38%であり、40%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、60%であり、55%であり、50%であり、45%であり、43%であり、40%であり、38%であり、35%であり、32%であり、30%であり、27%であり、25%であり、22%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 10%, 15%, 18%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%, 38%, and 40%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 43%, 40%, and 38% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 32%, 30%, 27%, 25%, and 22%.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物及び式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物の合計の好ましい含有量の下限値は、10%であり、15%であり、20%であり、25%であり、27%であり、30%であり、35%であり、40%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、60%であり、55%であり、50%であり、45%であり、43%であり、40%であり、38%であり、35%であり、32%であり、30%であり、27%であり、25%であり、22%である。 The lower limit of the preferable total content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) and the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention The values are 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 35% and 40%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 43%, 40%, and 38% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 32%, 30%, 27%, 25%, and 22%.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
(式中RL13及びRL14はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基を表す。)
 RL13及びRL14は、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。
(Wherein R L13 and R L14 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.)
R L13 and R L14 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%であり、23%であり、25%であり、30%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、60%であり、55%であり、50%であり、45%であり、40%であり、37%であり、35%であり、33%であり、30%であり、27%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、17%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%である。
さらに、一般式(L-1-3)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-3.1)から式(L-1-3.12)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)又は式(L-1-3.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。特に、式(L-1-3.1)で表される化合物は本発明の組成物の応答速度を特に改善するため好ましい。また、応答速度よりも高いTniを求めるときは、式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)、式(L-1-3.11)及び式(L-1-3.12)で表される化合物を用いることが好ましい。式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)、式(L-1-3.11)及び式(L-1-3.12)で表される化合物の合計の含有量は、低温での溶解度を良くするために20%以上にすることは好ましくない。
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 30%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 37%, and 35% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 33%, 30%, 27%, 25%, 23%, 23%, 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10% %.
Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) to the formula (L-1-3.12). Preferably, it is a compound represented by formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3) or formula (L-1-3.4). In particular, the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) is preferable because the response speed of the composition of the present invention is particularly improved. Further, when obtaining Tni higher than the response speed, the equation (L-1-3.3), the equation (L-1-3.4), the equation (L-1-3.11), and the equation (L− It is preferable to use a compound represented by 1-3.12). Sum of compounds represented by formula (L-1-3.3), formula (L-1-3.4), formula (L-1-3.11) and formula (L-1-3.12) The content of is not preferably 20% or more in order to improve the solubility at low temperatures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-3.1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、18%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、20%であり、17%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、7%であり、6%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, and 7% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. % And 6%.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-4)及び/又は(L-1-5)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-4) and / or (L-1-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
(式中RL15及びRL16はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基を表す。)
 RL15及びRL16は、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R L15 and R L16 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.)
R L15 and R L16 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、17%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 25%, 23%, 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, and 10% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、17%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 25%, 23%, 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, and 10% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %.
 さらに、一般式(L-1-4)及び(L-1-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-4.1)から式(L-1-5.3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-1-4.2)又は式(L-1-5.2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compounds represented by the general formulas (L-1-4) and (L-1-5) are represented by the formulas (L-1-4.1) to (L-1-5.3). And a compound represented by the formula (L-1-4.2) or the formula (L-1-5.2) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-4.2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、18%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、20%であり、17%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、7%であり、6%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4.2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, and 7% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. % And 6%.
 式(L-1-1.3)、式(L-1-2.2)、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)、式(L-1-3.11)及び式(L-1-3.12)で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましく、式(L-1-1.3)、式(L-1-2.2)、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)及び式(L-1-4.2)で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましく、これら化合物の合計の含有量の好ましい含有量の下限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、1%であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、18%であり、20%であり、23%であり、25%であり、27%であり、30%であり、33%であり、35%であり、上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、80%であり、70%であり、60%であり、50%であり、45%であり、40%であり、37%であり、35%であり、33%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%である。組成物の信頼性を重視する場合には、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)及び式(L-1-3.4))で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましく、組成物の応答速度を重視する場合には、式(L-1-1.3)、式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましい。 Formula (L-1-1.3), Formula (L-1-2.2), Formula (L-1-3.1), Formula (L-1-3.3), Formula (L-1- 3.4), it is preferable to combine two or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by formula (L-1-3.11) and formula (L-1-3.12). -1.3), formula (L-1-2.2), formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3), formula (L-1-3.4) and It is preferable to combine two or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by formula (L-1-4.2), and the lower limit of the preferable content of the total content of these compounds is the composition of the present invention. 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18% of the total amount 20% and 23% 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%, and the upper limit is 80% and 70% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention, 60%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 37%, 35%, 33%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23% and 20%. When emphasizing the reliability of the composition, compounds represented by formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3) and formula (L-1-3.4)) It is preferable to combine two or more compounds selected from the group consisting of formulas (L-1-1.3) and (L-1-2.2) when the response speed of the composition is important. It is preferable to combine two or more compounds selected from the following compounds.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-6)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
(式中RL17及びRL18はそれぞれ独立してメチル基又は水素原子を表す。)
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-6)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、5%であり、10%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%であり、23%であり、25%であり、27%であり、30%であり、35%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、60%であり、55%であり、50%であり、45%であり、42%であり、40%であり、38%であり、35%であり、33%であり、30%である。
(Independently RL17 and R L18 is wherein represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom.)
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-6) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 15% 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 35%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 42%, 40%, and 38% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 33%, and 30%.
 さらに、一般式(L-1-6)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-6.1)から式(L-1-6.3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-6) is a compound selected from the compound group represented by the formula (L-1-6.1) to the formula (L-1-6.3). Preferably there is.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 一般式(L-2)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-2) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
(式中、RL21及びRL22はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。)
 RL21は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、RL22は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R L21 and R L22 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).)
R L21 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R L22 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable.
 一般式(L-2)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、反対に、応答速度を重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When emphasizing solubility at low temperatures, it is highly effective to set a large amount of content. Conversely, when emphasizing response speed, setting a small amount of content is highly effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、20%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、7%であり、6%であり、5%であり、3%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7% and 10%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, and 6% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 5%, 3%.
 さらに、一般式(L-2)で表される化合物は、式(L-2.1)から式(L-2.6)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-2.1)、式(L-2.3)、式(L-2.4)及び式(L-2.6)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-2) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (L-2.1) to (L-2.6). A compound represented by formula (L-2.1), formula (L-2.3), formula (L-2.4) and formula (L-2.6) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
 一般式(L-3)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-3) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
(式中、RL31及びRL32はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。)
 RL31及びRL32はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R L31 and R L32 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L).)
R L31 and R L32 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 一般式(L-3)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-3) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、20%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、7%であり、6%であり、5%であり、3%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7% and 10%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, and 6% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 5%, 3%.
 高い複屈折率を得る場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、反対に、高いTniを重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When a high birefringence is obtained, the effect is high when the content is set to be large. On the other hand, when high Tni is emphasized, the effect is high when the content is set low. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 さらに、一般式(L-3)で表される化合物は、式(L-3.1)から式(L-3.4)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-3.2)から式(L-3.7)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (L-3.1) to (L-3.4). A compound represented by the formula (L-3.7) from (L-3.2) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
(式中、RL41及びRL42はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。)
 RL41は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、RL42は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。)
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。
(In the formula, R L41 and R L42 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L).)
R L41 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R L42 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable. )
The compound represented by the general formula (L-4) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 本発明の組成物において、一般式(L-4)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the composition of the present invention, the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is low-temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, It is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%であり、14%であり、16%であり、20%であり、23%であり、26%であり、30%であり、35%であり、40%である。本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、50%であり、40%であり、35%であり、30%であり、20%であり、15%であり、10%であり、5%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%, 23%, 26%, 30%, 35%, 40% . The upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 50%, 40%, 35%, and 30%. 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%.
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は、例えば式(L-4.1)から式(L-4.3)、式(L-4.11)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is, for example, a compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) to the formula (L-4.3) or the formula (L-4.11). preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
 低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、式(L-4.1)で表される化合物を含有していても、式(L-4.2)で表される化合物を含有していても、式(L-4.1)で表される化合物と式(L-4.2)で表される化合物との両方を含有していても良いし、式(L-4.1)から式(L-4.3)で表される化合物を全て含んでいても良い。本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-4.1)又は式(L-4.2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、9%であり、11%であり、12%であり、13%であり、18%であり、21%であり、好ましい上限値は、45であり、40%であり、35%であり、30%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%である。 Depending on the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence, even if the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) is contained, the formula (L -4.2) Even if it contains a compound represented by formula (L-4.1), it contains both a compound represented by formula (L-4.1) and a compound represented by formula (L-4.2). Or all of the compounds represented by formulas (L-4.1) to (L-4.3) may be included. The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by formula (L-4.1) or formula (L-4.2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 3%, Yes, 7%, 9%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 18%, 21%, and the preferred upper limit is 45, 40% , 35%, 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8% .
 式(L-4.1)で表される化合物と式(L-4.2)で表される化合物との両方を含有する場合は、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての両化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、15%であり、19%であり、24%であり、30%であり、好ましい上限値は、45であり、40%であり、35%であり、30%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 When both the compound represented by formula (L-4.1) and the compound represented by formula (L-4.2) are contained, the amount of both compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is The lower limit of the preferred content is 15%, 19%, 24%, and 30%, and the preferred upper limit is 45, 40%, 35%, and 30%. Yes, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%.
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は、例えば式(L-4.4)から式(L-4.6)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-4.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is preferably, for example, a compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) to the formula (L-4.6). It is preferable that it is a compound represented by this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
 低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、式(L-4.4)で表される化合物を含有していても、式(L-4.5)で表される化合物を含有していても、式(L-4.4)で表される化合物と式(L-4.5)で表される化合物との両方を含有していても良い。 Depending on the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like, even if the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) is contained, the formula (L -4.5) contains both the compound represented by formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by formula (L-4.5). May be.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-4.4)又は式(L-4.5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、9%であり、11%であり、12%であり、13%であり、18%であり、21%である。好ましい上限値は、45であり、40%であり、35%であり、30%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) or the formula (L-4.5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 3%, Yes, 7%, 9%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 18%, 21%. Preferred upper limit values are 45, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13% %, 10%, and 8%.
 式(L-4.4)で表される化合物と式(L-4.5)で表される化合物との両方を含有する場合は、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての両化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、15%であり、19%であり、24%であり、30%であり、好ましい上限値は、45であり、40%であり、35%であり、30%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 When both the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.5) are contained, the amount of both compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is The lower limit of the preferred content is 15%, 19%, 24%, and 30%, and the preferred upper limit is 45, 40%, 35%, and 30%. Yes, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%.
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は、式(L-4.7)から式(L-4.10)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、特に、式(L-4.9)で表される化合物が好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-4.7) to the formula (L-4.10), and particularly the formula (L-4. The compound represented by 9) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
(式中、RL51及びRL52はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。)
 RL51は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、RL52は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R L51 and R L52 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).)
R L51 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R L52 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable.
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 本発明の組成物において、一般式(L-5)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the composition of the present invention, the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) includes solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence index, process suitability, dripping marks, It is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%であり、14%であり、16%であり、20%であり、23%であり、26%であり、30%であり、35%であり、40%である。本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、50%であり、40%であり、35%であり、30%であり、20%であり、15%であり、10%であり、5%である
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-5.1)又は式(L-5.2)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、特に、式(L-5.1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%, 23%, 26%, 30%, 35%, 40% . The upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 50%, 40%, 35%, and 30%. , 20%, 15%, 10%, 5% The compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is represented by the formula (L-5.1) or the formula (L-5.2). The compound represented by formula (L-5.1) is particularly desirable.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%である。これら化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、20%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、9%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, and 7%. The upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-5.3)又は式(L-5.4)
 本発明の組成物の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%である。これら化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、20%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、9%である。
The compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is represented by the formula (L-5.3) or (L-5.4).
The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, and 7%. The upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-5.5)から式(L-5.7)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (L-5.5) to the formula (L-5.7).
 本発明の組成物の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%である。これら化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、20%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、9%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, and 7%. The upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
 一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
(式中、RL61及びRL62はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表し、XL61及びXL62はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表す。)
 RL61及びRL62はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、XL61及びXL62のうち一方がフッ素原子他方が水素原子であることが好ましい。
(In the formula, R L61 and R L62 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L), and X L61 and X L62 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom. )
R L61 and R L62 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and one of X L61 and X L62 is a fluorine atom and the other is a hydrogen atom. Is preferred.
 一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-6) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-6)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%であり、14%であり、16%であり、20%であり、23%であり、26%であり、30%であり、35%であり、40%である。本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-6)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、50%であり、40%であり、35%であり、30%であり、20%であり、15%であり、10%であり、5%である。Δnを大きくすることに重点を置く場合には含有量を多くした方が好ましく、低温での析出に重点を置いた場合には含有量は少ない方が好ましい。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-6) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%, 23%, 26%, 30%, 35%, 40% . The upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-6) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 50%, 40%, 35%, and 30%. 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%. When emphasizing to increase Δn, it is preferable to increase the content, and when emphasizing the precipitation at low temperature, it is preferable to decrease the content.
 一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は、式(L-6.1)から式(L-6.9)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-6.1) to the formula (L-6.9).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
 組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、これらの化合物の中から1種~3種類含有することが好ましく、1種~4種類含有することがさらに好ましい。また、選ぶ化合物の分子量分布が広いことも溶解性に有効であるため、例えば、式(L-6.1)又は(L-6.2)で表される化合物から1種類、式(L-6.4)又は(L-6.5)で表される化合物から1種類、式(L-6.6)又は式(L-6.7)で表される化合物から1種類、式(L-6.8)又は(L-6.9)で表される化合物から1種類の化合物を選び、これらを適宜組み合わせることが好ましい。その中でも、式(L-6.1)、式(L-6.3)式(L-6.4)、式(L-6.6)及び式(L-6.9)で表される化合物を含むことが好ましい。 There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but 1 to 3 types of these compounds are preferably contained, more preferably 1 to 4 types. Further, since the wide molecular weight distribution of the selected compound is also effective for the solubility, for example, one type of the compound represented by the formula (L-6.1) or (L-6.2), the formula (L- 6.4) or one type from the compound represented by (L-6.5), one type from the compound represented by formula (L-6.6) or formula (L-6.7), It is preferable to select one compound from the compounds represented by -6.8) or (L-6.9) and combine them as appropriate. Among them, represented by formula (L-6.1), formula (L-6.3), formula (L-6.4), formula (L-6.6) and formula (L-6.9). It is preferable to include a compound.
 さらに、一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は、例えば式(L-6.10)から式(L-6.17)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、その中でも、式(L-6.11)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is preferably, for example, a compound represented by the formula (L-6.10) to the formula (L-6.17). A compound represented by L-6.11) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
 本発明の組成物の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%である。これら化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、20%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、9%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, and 7%. The upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
 一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
(式中、RL71及びRL72はそれぞれ独立して一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表し、AL71及びAL72はそれぞれ独立して一般式(L)におけるAL2及びAL3と同じ意味を表すが、AL71及びAL72上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子によって置換されていてもよく、ZL71は一般式(L)におけるZL2と同じ意味を表し、XL71及びXL72はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子又は水素原子を表す。)
 式中、RL71及びRL72はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、AL71及びAL72はそれぞれ独立して1,4-シクロヘキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基が好ましく、AL71及びAL72上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子によって置換されていてもよく、ZL71は単結合又はCOO-が好ましく、単結合が好ましく、XL71及びXL72は水素原子が好ましい。
(Wherein, R L71 and R L72 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in Formula (L), A L71 and A L72 is A L2 and in the general formula (L) independently A L3 represents the same meaning, but the hydrogen atoms on A L71 and A L72 may be each independently substituted with a fluorine atom, Z L71 represents the same meaning as Z L2 in formula (L), X L71 and X L72 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom.)
In the formula, R L71 and R L72 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and A L71 and A L72 Are each independently preferably a 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, the hydrogen atoms on A L71 and A L72 may be each independently substituted with a fluorine atom, and Z L71 is a single group. A bond or COO- is preferable, a single bond is preferable, and X L71 and X L72 are preferably a hydrogen atom.
 組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて組み合わせる。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類である。 There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are combined according to the required performance, such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, and four kinds.
 本発明の組成物において、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the composition of the present invention, the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) includes solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence index, process suitability, dripping marks, It is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-7)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1%であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%であり、14%であり、16%であり、20%である。本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-7)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、30%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、10%であり、5%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-7) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-7) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 30%, 25%, 23%, and 20%. 18%, 15%, 10%, 5%.
 本発明の組成物が高いTniの実施形態が望まれる場合は式(L-7)で表される化合物の含有量を多めにすることが好ましく、低粘度の実施形態が望まれる場合は含有量を少なめにすることが好ましい。 When an embodiment with high Tni is desired for the composition of the present invention, the content of the compound represented by formula (L-7) is preferably increased, and when an embodiment with low viscosity is desired, the content is It is preferable to reduce the amount.
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.1)から式(L-7.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-7.2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.1) to the formula (L-7.4), and the formula (L-7. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.11)から式(L-7.13)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-7.11)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.11) to the formula (L-7.13). It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 11).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.21)から式(L-7.23)で表される化合物である。式(L-7.21)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is a compound represented by the formula (L-7.21) to the formula (L-7.23). A compound represented by formula (L-7.21) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.31)から式(L-7.34)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-7.31)又は/及び式(L-7.32)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.31) to the formula (L-7.34), and the formula (L-7. 31) or / and a compound represented by the formula (L-7.32).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.41)から式(L-7.44)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-7.41)又は/及び式(L-7.42)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.41) to the formula (L-7.44), and the formula (L-7. 41) or / and a compound represented by formula (L-7.42).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.51)から式(L-7.53)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.51) to the formula (L-7.53).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
 本願における1,4-シクロヘキシレン基はトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基であることが好ましい。 The 1,4-cyclohexylene group in the present application is preferably a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group.
 本発明の液晶組成物は、一般式(L-1)~一般式(L-7)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物を1種又は2種以上含有することが好ましく、一般式(L-1)~一般式(L-7)で表される化合物の組み合わせであることがより好ましい。具体的には、一般式(L-1)、一般式(L-4)及び一般式(L-5)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物を1種又は2種以上含有することが好ましく、一般式(L-1)、一般式(L-4)及び一般式(L-5)で表される化合物の組み合わせであることが好ましい。また一般式(L-1-1)、一般式(L-1-2)、一般式(L-1-1.3)、一般式(L-1-2.2)、一般式(L-4.3)、一般式(L-5.3)、及び一般式(L-5.4)、及び一般式(L-5.8)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物を1種又は2種以上含有することが好ましく、一般式(L-1-1)、一般式(L-1-2)、一般式(L-4.3)、一般式(L-5.3)、及び一般式(L-5.4)及び一般式(L-5.8)で表される化合物の組み合わせであることが好ましい。 The liquid crystal composition of the present invention preferably contains one or more compounds selected from the compound group represented by formulas (L-1) to (L-7). -1) to a combination of compounds represented by formula (L-7) is more preferable. Specifically, it is preferable to contain one or more compounds selected from the compound group represented by general formula (L-1), general formula (L-4) and general formula (L-5). A combination of the compounds represented by formula (L-1), formula (L-4) and formula (L-5) is preferable. Further, the general formula (L-1-1), general formula (L-1-2), general formula (L-1-1.3), general formula (L-1-2.2), general formula (L- 4.3), one compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (L-5.3), formula (L-5.4), and formula (L-5.8) or It is preferable to contain two or more kinds, general formula (L-1-1), general formula (L-1-2), general formula (L-4.3), general formula (L-5.3), and A combination of the compounds represented by formula (L-5.4) and formula (L-5.8) is preferable.
 一般式(L-1)、一般式(L-4)及び一般式(L-5)で表される化合物の含有量の総量は、組成物中に下限値として、1%以上含有することが好ましく、5%以上が好ましく、10%以上が好ましく、13%以上が好ましく、15%以上が好ましく、18%以上が好ましく、20%以上が好ましく、23%以上が好ましく、25%以上が好ましく、28%以上が好ましく、30%以上が好ましく、33%以上が好ましく、35%以上が好ましく、38%以上が好ましく、40%以上が好ましい。また、上限値として、95%以下が好ましく、90%以下が好ましく、88%以下が好ましく、85%以下が好ましく、83%以下が好ましく、80%以下が好ましく、78%以下が好ましく、75%以下が好ましく、73%以下が好ましく、70%以下が好ましく、68%以下が好ましく、65%以下が好ましく、63%以下が好ましく、60%以下が好ましく、55%以下が好ましく、50%以下が好ましく、40%以下が好ましい。 The total content of the compounds represented by general formula (L-1), general formula (L-4) and general formula (L-5) may be 1% or more as the lower limit in the composition. Preferably, 5% or more, preferably 10% or more, preferably 13% or more, preferably 15% or more, preferably 18% or more, preferably 20% or more, preferably 23% or more, preferably 25% or more, 28% or more is preferable, 30% or more is preferable, 33% or more is preferable, 35% or more is preferable, 38% or more is preferable, and 40% or more is preferable. Moreover, as an upper limit, 95% or less is preferable, 90% or less is preferable, 88% or less is preferable, 85% or less is preferable, 83% or less is preferable, 80% or less is preferable, 78% or less is preferable, 75% The following is preferred, 73% or less is preferred, 70% or less is preferred, 68% or less is preferred, 65% or less is preferred, 63% or less is preferred, 60% or less is preferred, 55% or less is preferred, 50% or less is preferred Preferably, it is 40% or less.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての一般式(N-1)~一般式(N-3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物及び一般式(L)で表される化合物の総量の下限値は、80%であり、85%であり、88%であり、90%であり、92%であり、93%であり、94%であり、95%であり、96%であり、97%であり、98%であり、99%であり、100%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、100%であり、99%であり、98%であり、95%であり、90%であり、85%であり、80%である。また、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての一般式(N-1a)~一般式(N-1f)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物及び一般式(L)で表される化合物の総量の下限値は、80%であり、85%であり、88%であり、90%であり、92%であり、93%であり、94%であり、95%であり、96%であり、97%であり、98%であり、99%であり、100%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、100%であり、99%であり、98%であり、95%であり、90%であり、85%であり、80%である。 The total amount of the compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (N-1) to (N-3) and the compound represented by formula (L) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention The lower limit values are 80%, 85%, 88%, 90%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97 %, 98%, 99%, 100%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 100%, 99%, 98%, 95%, 90%, 85%, and 80%. Further, a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (N-1a) to (N-1f) and a compound represented by formula (L) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. The lower limit of the total amount is 80%, 85%, 88%, 90%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96% 97%, 98%, 99%, 100%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 100%, 99%, 98%, 95%, 90%, 85%, and 80%.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(NRd)で表される基を有し、且つ分子中の環構造の数が3つ以上の一般式(N-1)~一般式(N-3)で表される化合物、及び一般式(LRd)で表される基を有し且つ分子中の環構造の数が3つ以上の一般式(L)で表される化合物の含有量の総量は、液晶組成物のTniが85℃以下の場合は、下限値は8%以上含有することが好ましく、10%以上が好ましく、15%以上が好ましく、18%以上が好ましく、20%以上であることが好ましく、25%以上であることが好ましく、30%以上であることが好ましく、上限値は、80%以下であり、70%以下であり、60%以下であり、50%以下である。
液晶組成物のTniが85℃より大きく95℃以下の場合は、下限値は5%以上含有することが好ましく、8%以上が好ましく、10%以上が好ましく、15%以上が好ましく、18%以上が好ましく、20%以上であることが好ましく、25%以上であることが好ましく、30%以上であることが好ましく、上限値は、80%以下であり、70%以下であり、60%以下であり、50%以下である。
液晶組成物のTniが95℃より大きい場合は0%~80%であることが好ましい。
The general formula (N-1) to the general formula (N—) having a group represented by the formula (NRd) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention and having three or more ring structures in the molecule. The total amount of the compound represented by 3) and the compound represented by the general formula (L) having a group represented by the general formula (LRd) and having three or more ring structures in the molecule When the Tni of the liquid crystal composition is 85 ° C. or lower, the lower limit value is preferably 8% or more, preferably 10% or more, preferably 15% or more, preferably 18% or more, and 20% or more. It is preferably 25% or more, preferably 30% or more, and the upper limit is 80% or less, 70% or less, 60% or less, and 50% or less.
When Tni of the liquid crystal composition is greater than 85 ° C. and 95 ° C. or less, the lower limit value is preferably 5% or more, preferably 8% or more, preferably 10% or more, preferably 15% or more, and 18% or more. Is preferably 20% or more, preferably 25% or more, preferably 30% or more, and the upper limit is 80% or less, 70% or less, and 60% or less. Yes, it is 50% or less.
When Tni of the liquid crystal composition is higher than 95 ° C., it is preferably 0% to 80%.
 本願発明の組成物は、分子内に過酸(-CO-OO-)構造等の酸素原子同士が結合した構造を持つ化合物を含有しないことが好ましい。 The composition of the present invention preferably does not contain a compound having a structure in which oxygen atoms such as a peracid (—CO—OO—) structure are bonded in the molecule.
 組成物の信頼性及び長期安定性を重視する場合にはカルボニル基を有する化合物の含有量を前記組成物の総質量に対して5%以下とすることが好ましく、3%以下とすることがより好ましく、1%以下とすることが更に好ましく、実質的に含有しないことが最も好ましい。 When emphasizing the reliability and long-term stability of the composition, the content of the compound having a carbonyl group is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less with respect to the total mass of the composition. Preferably, it is more preferably 1% or less, and most preferably not substantially contained.
 UV照射による安定性を重視する場合、塩素原子が置換している化合物の含有量を前記組成物の総質量に対して15%以下とすることが好ましく、10%以下とすることが好ましく、8%以下とすることが好ましく、5%以下とすることがより好ましく、3%以下とすることが好ましく、実質的に含有しないことが更に好ましい。 When importance is attached to the stability by UV irradiation, the content of the compound substituted with chlorine atoms is preferably 15% or less, preferably 10% or less, based on the total mass of the composition. % Or less, preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less, and still more preferably substantially not contained.
 分子内の環構造がすべて6員環である化合物の含有量を多くすることが好ましく、分子内の環構造がすべて6員環である化合物の含有量を前記組成物の総質量に対して80%以上とすることが好ましく、90%以上とすることがより好ましく、95%以上とすることが更に好ましく、実質的に分子内の環構造がすべて6員環である化合物のみで組成物を構成することが最も好ましい。 It is preferable to increase the content of a compound in which all the ring structures in the molecule are 6-membered rings, and the content of the compound in which all the ring structures in the molecule are 6-membered rings is 80 % Or more, more preferably 90% or more, still more preferably 95% or more, and the composition is composed only of a compound in which all of the ring structures in the molecule are all 6-membered rings. Most preferably.
 組成物の酸化による劣化を抑えるためには、環構造としてシクロヘキセニレン基を有する化合物の含有量を少なくすることが好ましく、シクロヘキセニレン基を有する化合物の含有量を前記組成物の総質量に対して10%以下とすることが好ましく、8%以下とすることが好ましく、5%以下とすることがより好ましく、3%以下とすることが好ましく、実質的に含有しないことが更に好ましい。 In order to suppress deterioration due to oxidation of the composition, it is preferable to reduce the content of the compound having a cyclohexenylene group as a ring structure, and the content of the compound having a cyclohexenylene group as the total mass of the composition. On the other hand, it is preferably 10% or less, preferably 8% or less, more preferably 5% or less, preferably 3% or less, and still more preferably not contained.
 粘度の改善及びTniの改善を重視する場合には、水素原子がハロゲンに置換されていてもよい2-メチルベンゼン-1,4-ジイル基を分子内に持つ化合物の含有量を少なくすることが好ましく、前記2-メチルベンゼン-1,4-ジイル基を分子内に持つ化合物の含有量を前記組成物の総質量に対して10%以下とすることが好ましく、8%以下とすることが好ましく、5%以下とすることがより好ましく、3%以下とすることが好ましく、実質的に含有しないことが更に好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of viscosity and improvement of Tni, the content of a compound having a 2-methylbenzene-1,4-diyl group in the molecule, in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen, may be reduced. Preferably, the content of the compound having a 2-methylbenzene-1,4-diyl group in the molecule is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 8% or less, based on the total mass of the composition. It is more preferably 5% or less, further preferably 3% or less, and still more preferably substantially not contained.
 本願において実質的に含有しないとは、意図せずに含有する物を除いて含有しないという意味である。 “Substantially not contained” in the present application means that it is not contained except for an unintentionally contained product.
 本発明の第一実施形態の組成物に含有される化合物が、側鎖としてアルケニル基を有する場合、前記アルケニル基がシクロヘキサンに結合している場合には当該アルケニル基の炭素原子数は2~5であることが好ましく、前記アルケニル基がベンゼンに結合している場合には当該アルケニル基の炭素原子数は4~5であることが好ましく、前記アルケニル基の不飽和結合とベンゼンは直接結合していないことが好ましい。 When the compound contained in the composition of the first embodiment of the present invention has an alkenyl group as a side chain, when the alkenyl group is bonded to cyclohexane, the alkenyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms. When the alkenyl group is bonded to benzene, the number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group is preferably 4 to 5, and the unsaturated bond of the alkenyl group and benzene are directly bonded. Preferably not.
 本発明の組成物には、横電界型PSAモード又は横電界型PSVAモードなどの液晶表示素子を作製するために、重合性化合物を含有することができる。重合性化合物を含有した組成物は、これに含まれる重合性化合物が紫外線照射により重合することで液晶配向能が付与され、組成物の複屈折を利用して光の透過光量を制御する液晶表示素子に使用される。使用できる重合性化合物として、光などのエネルギー線により重合が進行する光重合性モノマーなどが挙げられ、構造として、例えば、ビフェニル誘導体、ターフェニル誘導体などの六員環が複数連結した液晶骨格を有する重合性化合物などが挙げられる。更に具体的には、一般式(XX) The composition of the present invention may contain a polymerizable compound in order to produce a liquid crystal display device such as a transverse electric field type PSA mode or a transverse electric field type PSVA mode. A composition containing a polymerizable compound is a liquid crystal display in which the polymerizable compound contained therein is polymerized by ultraviolet irradiation to impart liquid crystal alignment ability, and the amount of transmitted light is controlled by utilizing the birefringence of the composition. Used for devices. Examples of the polymerizable compound that can be used include a photopolymerizable monomer that undergoes polymerization by energy rays such as light. The structure has, for example, a liquid crystal skeleton in which a plurality of six-membered rings such as biphenyl derivatives and terphenyl derivatives are connected. Examples thereof include a polymerizable compound. More specifically, the general formula (XX)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
(式中、X201及びX202はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
Sp201及びSp202はそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH-(式中、sは2から7の整数を表し、酸素原子は芳香環に結合するものとする。)が好ましく、
201は-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-COO-CHCH-、-OCO-CHCH-、-CHCH-COO-、-CHCH-OCO-、-COO-CH-、-OCO-CH-、-CH-COO-、-CH-OCO-、-CY=CY-(式中、Y及びYはそれぞれ独立して、フッ素原子又は水素原子を表す。)、-C≡C-又は単結合を表し、
201は1,4-フェニレン基、トランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基又は単結合を表し、式中の全ての1,4-フェニレン基は、任意の水素原子がフッ素原子により置換されていても良い。)で表される二官能モノマーが好ましい。
(Wherein, X 201 and X 202 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
Sp 201 and Sp 202 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —O— (CH 2 ) s — (wherein s represents an integer of 2 to 7, Preferably bonded to an aromatic ring)
Z 201 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, —CH═ CH—COO—, —CH═CH—OCO—, —COO—CH═CH—, —OCO—CH═CH—, —COO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 —OCO—, —CY 1 ═CY 2 — (Wherein Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom), —C≡C— or a single bond;
M 201 represents a 1,4-phenylene group, a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a single bond, and all 1,4-phenylene groups in the formula have an arbitrary hydrogen atom substituted with a fluorine atom. Also good. ) Is preferred.
 X201及びX202は、何れも水素原子を表すジアクリレート誘導体、何れもメチル基を有するジメタクリレート誘導体の何れも好ましく、一方が水素原子を表しもう一方がメチル基を表す化合物も好ましい。これらの化合物の重合速度は、ジアクリレート誘導体が最も早く、ジメタクリレート誘導体が遅く、非対称化合物がその中間であり、その用途により好ましい態様を用いることができる。PSA表示素子においては、ジメタクリレート誘導体が特に好ましい。 X 201 and X 202 are each preferably a diacrylate derivative that represents a hydrogen atom, or a dimethacrylate derivative that has a methyl group, and a compound in which one represents a hydrogen atom and the other represents a methyl group. As for the polymerization rate of these compounds, diacrylate derivatives are the fastest, dimethacrylate derivatives are slow, asymmetric compounds are in the middle, and a preferred embodiment can be used depending on the application. In the PSA display element, a dimethacrylate derivative is particularly preferable.
 Sp201及びSp202はそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH-を表すが、PSA表示素子においては少なくとも一方が単結合であることが好ましく、共に単結合を表す化合物又は一方が単結合でもう一方が炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH-を表す態様が好ましい。この場合1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、sは1~4が好ましい。 Sp 201 and Sp 202 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —O— (CH 2 ) s —, but at least one of them is a single bond in a PSA display element. A compound in which both represent a single bond or one in which one represents a single bond and the other represents an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or —O— (CH 2 ) s — is preferable. In this case, 1 to 4 alkyl groups are preferable, and s is preferably 1 to 4.
 Z201は、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-又は単結合が好ましく、-COO-、-OCO-又は単結合がより好ましく、単結合が特に好ましい。 Z 201 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 — or a single bond Are preferred, —COO—, —OCO— or a single bond is more preferred, and a single bond is particularly preferred.
 M201は任意の水素原子がフッ素原子により置換されていても良い1,4-フェニレン基、トランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基又は単結合を表すが、1,4-フェニレン基又は単結合が好ましい。Cが単結合以外の環構造を表す場合、Z201は単結合以外の連結基も好ましく、M201が単結合の場合、Z201は単結合が好ましい。 M 201 represents a 1,4-phenylene group, a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a single bond in which any hydrogen atom may be substituted by a fluorine atom, but the 1,4-phenylene group or the single bond is preferable. When C represents a ring structure other than a single bond, Z 201 is preferably a linking group other than a single bond. When M 201 is a single bond, Z 201 is preferably a single bond.
 これらの点から、一般式(XX)において、Sp201及びSp202の間の環構造は、具体的には次に記載する構造が好ましい。 From these points, in general formula (XX), the ring structure between Sp 201 and Sp 202 is specifically preferably the structure described below.
 一般式(XX)において、M201が単結合を表し、環構造が二つの環で形成される場合において、次の式(XXa-1)から式(XXa-5)を表すことが好ましく、式(XXa-1)から式(XXa-3)を表すことがより好ましく、式(XXa-1)を表すことが特に好ましい。 In the general formula (XX), when M 201 represents a single bond and the ring structure is formed of two rings, the following formulas (XXa-1) to (XXa-5) are preferably represented, It is more preferable to represent the formula (XXa-3) from (XXa-1), and it is particularly preferable to represent the formula (XXa-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
(式中、両端はSp201又はSp202に結合するものとする。)
 これらの骨格を含む重合性化合物は重合後の配向規制力がPSA型液晶表示素子に最適であり、良好な配向状態が得られることから、表示ムラが抑制されるか、又は、全く発生しない。
(In the formula, both ends shall be bonded to Sp 201 or Sp 202. )
The polymerizable compounds containing these skeletons are optimal for PSA-type liquid crystal display elements because of the alignment regulating power after polymerization, and a good alignment state can be obtained, so that display unevenness is suppressed or does not occur at all.
 以上のことから、重合性モノマーとしては、一般式(XX-1)~一般式(XX-4)が特に好ましく、中でも一般式(XX-2)が最も好ましい。 From the above, as the polymerizable monomer, general formula (XX-1) to general formula (XX-4) are particularly preferable, and among them, general formula (XX-2) is most preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
(式中、Sp20は炭素原子数2から5のアルキレン基を表す。)
 本発明の組成物にモノマーを添加する場合において、重合開始剤が存在しない場合でも重合は進行するが、重合を促進するために重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。重合開始剤としては、ベンゾインエーテル類、ベンゾフェノン類、アセトフェノン類、ベンジルケタール類、アシルフォスフィンオキサイド類等が挙げられる。
(In the formula, Sp 20 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.)
In the case of adding a monomer to the composition of the present invention, the polymerization proceeds even when no polymerization initiator is present, but may contain a polymerization initiator in order to accelerate the polymerization. Examples of the polymerization initiator include benzoin ethers, benzophenones, acetophenones, benzyl ketals, acylphosphine oxides, and the like.
 本発明における組成物は、さらに、酸化防止剤、光酸化防止剤、光安定剤、紫外線吸収剤、赤外線吸収剤等の添加剤を1種又は2種以上含有しても良い。酸化防止剤としては一般式(Q)で表される化合物を含有することができる。 The composition in the present invention may further contain one or more additives such as an antioxidant, a photo-antioxidant, a light stabilizer, an ultraviolet absorber, and an infrared absorber. As an antioxidant, the compound represented by general formula (Q) can be contained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
(式中、Rは炭素原子数1から22の直鎖アルキル基又は分岐鎖アルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1つ又は2つ以上のCH基は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように、-O-、-CH=CH-、-CO-、-OCO-、-COO-、-C≡C-、-CFO-、-OCF-で置換されてよく、Mはトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-フェニレン基又は単結合を表す。)
 Rは炭素原子数1から22の直鎖アルキル基又は分岐鎖アルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1つ又は2つ以上のCH基は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように、-O-、-CH=CH-、-CO-、-OCO-、-COO-、-C≡C-、-CFO-、-OCF-で置換されてよいが、炭素原子数1から10の直鎖アルキル基、直鎖アルコキシ基、1つのCH基が-OCO-又は-COO-に置換された直鎖アルキル基、分岐鎖アルキル基、分岐アルコキシ基、1つのCH基が-OCO-又は-COO-に置換された分岐鎖アルキル基が好ましく、炭素原子数1から20の直鎖アルキル基、1つのCH基が-OCO-又は-COO-に置換された直鎖アルキル基、分岐鎖アルキル基、分岐アルコキシ基、1つのCH基が-OCO-又は-COO-に置換された分岐鎖アルキル基が更に好ましい。Mはトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-フェニレン基又は単結合を表すが、トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基が好ましい。
(Wherein, R Q represents a straight-chain alkyl group or branched alkyl group having from 1 22 carbon atoms, one or two or more CH 2 groups in the alkyl group, so that the oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent a, -O -, - CH = CH -, - CO -, - OCO -, - COO -, - C≡C -, - CF 2 O -, - OCF 2 - may be replaced by, M Q is trans Represents a 1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-phenylene group or a single bond.)
RQ represents a straight-chain alkyl group or a branched-chain alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, and one or more CH 2 groups in the alkyl group are —O—so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other. —, —CH═CH—, —CO—, —OCO—, —COO—, —C≡C—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 — may be substituted. Linear alkyl group, linear alkoxy group, linear alkyl group in which one CH 2 group is substituted with —OCO— or —COO—, branched alkyl group, branched alkoxy group, one CH 2 group is —OCO— Or a branched alkyl group substituted with —COO—, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a linear alkyl group in which one CH 2 group is substituted with —OCO— or —COO—, branched Chain alkyl group, branched alkoxy group, one CH 2 group Is more preferably a branched alkyl group substituted with —OCO— or —COO—. MQ represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-phenylene group or a single bond, and a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group is preferred.
 一般式(Q)で表される化合物は、より具体的には、下記の一般式(Q-a)から一般式(Q-d)で表される化合物が好ましい。 More specifically, the compound represented by the general formula (Q) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (Qa) to general formula (Qd).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
式中、RQ1は炭素原子数1から10の直鎖アルキル基又は分岐鎖アルキル基が好ましく、RQ2は炭素原子数1から20の直鎖アルキル基又は分岐鎖アルキル基が好ましく、RQ3は炭素原子数1から8の直鎖アルキル基、分岐鎖アルキル基、直鎖アルコキシ基又は分岐鎖アルコキシ基が好ましく、Lは炭素原子数1から8の直鎖アルキレン基又は分岐鎖アルキレン基が好ましい。一般式(Q-a)から一般式(Q-d)で表される化合物中、一般式(Q-c)及び一般式(Q-d)で表される化合物が更に好ましい。 In the formula, R Q1 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, R Q2 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and R Q3 is A straight-chain alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a branched-chain alkyl group, a straight-chain alkoxy group or a branched-chain alkoxy group is preferred, and L Q is preferably a straight-chain alkylene group or branched-chain alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. . Of the compounds represented by general formula (Qa) to general formula (Qd), compounds represented by general formula (Qc) and general formula (Qd) are more preferable.
 また、本発明に使用できる酸化防止剤又は光安定剤としてより具体的には以下の(III-1)~(III-40)で表される化合物が好ましい。 More specifically, the following compounds (III-1) to (III-40) are preferred as antioxidants or light stabilizers that can be used in the present invention.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
(式中、nは0から20の整数を表す。)
 本願発明の組成物において、一般式(Q)で表される化合物又は一般式(III-1)~(III-38)から選ばれる化合物を1種又は2種以上含有することが好ましく、1種から5種含有することが更に好ましく、その含有量は0.001から1%であることが好ましく、0.001から0.1%が更に好ましく、0.001から0.05%が特に好ましい。
(In the formula, n represents an integer of 0 to 20.)
The composition of the present invention preferably contains one or more compounds represented by general formula (Q) or compounds selected from general formulas (III-1) to (III-38). It is further preferable to contain 5 types, and the content is preferably 0.001 to 1%, more preferably 0.001 to 0.1%, and particularly preferably 0.001 to 0.05%.
 本発明における液晶組成物の誘電率異方性Δεの値は負の誘電率異方性を有し、誘電率異方性の絶対値は2以上である。誘電率異方性Δεの値は、25℃において、-2.0から-6.0であることが好ましく、-2.5から-5.0であることがより好ましく、-2.5から-4.0であることが特に好ましいが、更に詳述すると、応答速度を重視する場合には-2.5~-3.4であることが好ましく、駆動電圧を重視する場合には-3.4~-4.0であることが好ましい。 The value of the dielectric anisotropy Δε of the liquid crystal composition in the present invention has a negative dielectric anisotropy, and the absolute value of the dielectric anisotropy is 2 or more. The value of the dielectric anisotropy Δε is preferably −2.0 to −6.0 at 25 ° C., more preferably −2.5 to −5.0, and −2.5 to -4.0 is particularly preferable. More specifically, it is preferably -2.5 to -3.4 when the response speed is important, and -3 when the drive voltage is important. It is preferable that it is from .4 to -4.0.
 本発明における液晶組成物の屈折率異方性Δnの値は、25℃において、0.08から0.13であることが好ましいが、0.09から0.12であることがより好ましい。更に詳述すると、薄いセルギャップに対応する場合は0.10から0.12であることが好ましく、厚いセルギャップに対応する場合は0.08から0.10であることが好ましい。 The value of the refractive index anisotropy Δn of the liquid crystal composition in the present invention is preferably 0.08 to 0.13 at 25 ° C., more preferably 0.09 to 0.12. More specifically, it is preferably 0.10 to 0.12 when corresponding to a thin cell gap, and preferably 0.08 to 0.10 when corresponding to a thick cell gap.
 本発明における液晶組成物の回転粘度(γ)は150以下が好ましく、130以下がより好ましく、120以下が特に好ましい。 The rotational viscosity (γ 1 ) of the liquid crystal composition in the present invention is preferably 150 or less, more preferably 130 or less, and particularly preferably 120 or less.
 本発明における液晶組成物では、回転粘度と屈折率異方性の関数であるZが特定の値を示すことが好ましい。 In the liquid crystal composition of the present invention, it is preferable that Z as a function of rotational viscosity and refractive index anisotropy shows a specific value.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000095
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000095
(式中、γは回転粘度を表し、Δnは屈折率異方性を表す。)
Zは、13000以下が好ましく、12000以下がより好ましく、11000以下が特に好ましい。
(In the formula, γ 1 represents rotational viscosity, and Δn represents refractive index anisotropy.)
Z is preferably 13000 or less, more preferably 12000 or less, and particularly preferably 11000 or less.
 本発明における液晶組成物のネマチック相-等方性液体相転移温度(Tni)は、60℃以上であり、好ましくは75℃以上であり、より好ましくは80℃以上であり、さらに好ましくは90℃以上である。 The nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (T ni ) of the liquid crystal composition in the present invention is 60 ° C. or higher, preferably 75 ° C. or higher, more preferably 80 ° C. or higher, and still more preferably 90 ° C. It is above ℃.
 本発明の液晶組成物は、1012(Ω・m)以上の比抵抗を有することが必要であり、1013(Ω・m)が好ましく、1014(Ω・m)以上がより好ましい。 The liquid crystal composition of the present invention needs to have a specific resistance of 10 12 (Ω · m) or more, preferably 10 13 (Ω · m), and more preferably 10 14 (Ω · m) or more.
 本発明の液晶組成物は、上述の化合物以外に、用途に応じて、通常のネマチック液晶、スメクチック液晶、コレステリック液晶等を含有しても良いが、液晶組成物の化学的な安定性が求められる場合には塩素原子をその分子内に有さないことが好ましく、液晶組成物の紫外線などの光に対する安定性が求められる場合にはナフタレン環などに代表される共役長が長く紫外領域に吸収ピークが存在する縮合環等をその分子内に有さないことが望ましい。
(液晶表示素子)
 上記のような本発明の液晶組成物は、以下の構成のIPSモードの液晶表示素子に適用される。図1~6を参照にして、本発明に係るIPSモードの液晶表示素子の例を説明する。
The liquid crystal composition of the present invention may contain a normal nematic liquid crystal, a smectic liquid crystal, a cholesteric liquid crystal, etc. in addition to the above-mentioned compounds, but the chemical stability of the liquid crystal composition is required. In some cases, it is preferable not to have a chlorine atom in the molecule, and when the stability of the liquid crystal composition to light such as ultraviolet rays is required, the conjugated length represented by a naphthalene ring is long and the absorption peak is in the ultraviolet region. It is desirable that the molecule does not have a condensed ring or the like in which there exists.
(Liquid crystal display element)
The liquid crystal composition of the present invention as described above is applied to an IPS mode liquid crystal display element having the following constitution. An example of an IPS mode liquid crystal display device according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.
 図1は、液晶表示素子の構成を模式的に示す図である。図1では、説明のために便宜上各構成要素を離間して記載している。本発明に係る液晶表示素子10の構成は、図1に記載するように、対向に配置された第一基板2と、第二基板7との間に挟持された液晶層5を有するIPSモードの液晶表示素子であって、液晶層5は前述した本発明の液晶組成物により構成される。 FIG. 1 is a diagram schematically showing a configuration of a liquid crystal display element. In FIG. 1, for convenience of explanation, each component is illustrated separately. As shown in FIG. 1, the configuration of the liquid crystal display element 10 according to the present invention is an IPS mode having a liquid crystal layer 5 sandwiched between a first substrate 2 and a second substrate 7 that are arranged opposite to each other. In the liquid crystal display element, the liquid crystal layer 5 is composed of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention described above.
 第一基板2は、液晶層5側の面に電極層3が形成されている。また、液晶層5と、第一基板2及び第二基板7のそれぞれの間に、液晶層5を構成する液晶組成物と直接当接してホモジニアス配向を誘起する一対の配向膜4を有し、該液晶組成物中の液晶分子は、電圧無印加時に前記第一基板2及び第二基板7に対して略平行になるように配向されている。図1及び図3に示すように、第一基板2および第二基板7は、一対の偏光板1,8により挟持されてもよい。さらに、図1に示すように、第二基板7と配向膜4との間にカラーフィルター6が設けられていてもよい。 The first substrate 2 has an electrode layer 3 formed on the surface on the liquid crystal layer 5 side. Further, between the liquid crystal layer 5 and each of the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7, a pair of alignment films 4 that directly contact the liquid crystal composition constituting the liquid crystal layer 5 to induce homogeneous alignment are provided. The liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition are aligned so as to be substantially parallel to the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7 when no voltage is applied. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 3, the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7 may be sandwiched between a pair of polarizing plates 1 and 8. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 1, a color filter 6 may be provided between the second substrate 7 and the alignment film 4.
 すなわち、本発明に係る液晶表示素子10は、第一偏光板1と、第一基板2と、電極層3と、配向膜4と、液晶組成物を含む液晶層5と、配向膜4と、カラーフィルター6と、第二基板7と、第二偏光板8と、が順次積層された構成である。第一基板2と第二基板7はガラス又はプラスチックの如き柔軟性をもつ材料を用いることができ、少なくとも一方は透明な材料であり、他方は透明な材料であっても、金属やシリコン等の不透明な材料でも良い。2枚の基板は、周辺領域に配置されたエポキシ系熱硬化性組成物等のシール材及び封止材によって貼り合わされていて、その間には基板間距離を保持するために、例えば、ガラス粒子、プラスチック粒子、アルミナ粒子等の粒状スペーサーまたはフォトリソグラフィー法により形成された樹脂からなるスペーサー柱が配置されていてもよい。 That is, the liquid crystal display element 10 according to the present invention includes a first polarizing plate 1, a first substrate 2, an electrode layer 3, an alignment film 4, a liquid crystal layer 5 containing a liquid crystal composition, an alignment film 4, The color filter 6, the second substrate 7, and the second polarizing plate 8 are sequentially stacked. The first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7 can be made of a flexible material such as glass or plastic, at least one of which is a transparent material and the other is a transparent material, such as metal or silicon. An opaque material may be used. The two substrates are bonded together by a sealing material and a sealing material such as an epoxy thermosetting composition disposed in the peripheral region, and in order to maintain the distance between the substrates, for example, glass particles, Spacer columns made of granular spacers such as plastic particles and alumina particles or a resin formed by photolithography may be arranged.
 図2は、図1における第一基板2上に形成された電極層3のII線で囲まれた領域の一部を拡大した平面図である。図2に示すように、第一基板2の表面に形成されている薄膜トランジスタを含む電極層3は、走査信号を供給するための複数のゲートバスライン24と表示信号を供給するための複数のデータバスライン25とが、互いに交差してマトリクス状に配置されている。なお、図2には、一対のゲートバスライン24及び一対のデータバスライン25のみが示されている。 FIG. 2 is an enlarged plan view of a part of the region surrounded by the II line of the electrode layer 3 formed on the first substrate 2 in FIG. As shown in FIG. 2, the electrode layer 3 including a thin film transistor formed on the surface of the first substrate 2 includes a plurality of gate bus lines 24 for supplying scanning signals and a plurality of data for supplying display signals. Bus lines 25 are arranged in a matrix so as to cross each other. In FIG. 2, only a pair of gate bus lines 24 and a pair of data bus lines 25 are shown.
 複数のゲートバスライン24と複数のデータバスライン25とにより囲まれた領域により、液晶表示装置の単位画素が形成され、該単位画素内には、第一電極21及び第二電極22が形成されている。ゲートバスライン24とデータバスライン25が互いに交差している交差部近傍には、ソース電極27、ドレイン電極26およびゲート電極28を含む薄膜トランジスタが設けられている。この薄膜トランジスタは、第一電極21に表示信号を供給するスイッチ素子として、第一電極21と連結している。また、ゲートバスライン24と並行して、共通ライン23が設けられる。この共通ライン23は、第二電極22に共通信号を供給するために、第二電極22と連結している。ゲートバスライン24やデータバスライン25、共通ライン23は金属膜であることが好ましく、Al、Cu、Au、Ag、Cr、Ta、Ti、Mo、W、Ni又はその合金がより好ましく、Mo、Al又はその合金の配線を用いる場合が特に好ましい。 A unit pixel of the liquid crystal display device is formed by a region surrounded by the plurality of gate bus lines 24 and the plurality of data bus lines 25, and the first electrode 21 and the second electrode 22 are formed in the unit pixel. ing. A thin film transistor including a source electrode 27, a drain electrode 26, and a gate electrode 28 is provided in the vicinity of an intersection where the gate bus line 24 and the data bus line 25 intersect each other. The thin film transistor is connected to the first electrode 21 as a switch element that supplies a display signal to the first electrode 21. A common line 23 is provided in parallel with the gate bus line 24. The common line 23 is connected to the second electrode 22 in order to supply a common signal to the second electrode 22. The gate bus line 24, the data bus line 25, and the common line 23 are preferably metal films, more preferably Al, Cu, Au, Ag, Cr, Ta, Ti, Mo, W, Ni or alloys thereof, Mo, The case of using Al or its alloy wiring is particularly preferable.
 図3は、図2におけるIII-III線方向に図1に示す液晶表示素子を切断した断面図である。第一基板2上には、ゲートバスライン24(図3では図示せず)を覆い、且つ第一基板2の略全面を覆うように設けられたゲート絶縁層32と、ゲート絶縁層32の表面に形成された絶縁保護層31とが設けられ、絶縁保護膜31上に、ライン状の第一電極21及びライン状の第二電極22が離間して設けられる。絶縁保護層31は、絶縁機能を有する層であり、窒化ケイ素、二酸化ケイ素、ケイ素酸窒化膜等で形成される。 FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display element shown in FIG. 1 taken along the line III-III in FIG. On the first substrate 2, a gate insulating layer 32 provided so as to cover the gate bus line 24 (not shown in FIG. 3) and to cover substantially the entire surface of the first substrate 2, and the surface of the gate insulating layer 32 The line-shaped first electrode 21 and the line-shaped second electrode 22 are provided on the insulating protective film 31 so as to be separated from each other. The insulating protective layer 31 is a layer having an insulating function, and is formed of silicon nitride, silicon dioxide, silicon oxynitride film, or the like.
 カラーフィルタ6は、光の漏れを防止する観点で、薄膜トランジスタに対応する部分にブラックマトリックス(図示せず)を形成することが好ましい。 The color filter 6 is preferably formed with a black matrix (not shown) in a portion corresponding to the thin film transistor from the viewpoint of preventing light leakage.
 電極層3、及びカラーフィルタ6上には、液晶層5を構成する液晶組成物と直接当接してホモジニアス配向を誘起する一対の配向膜4が設けられている。配向膜4は、例えば、ラビング処理されたポリイミド膜で構成される。 On the electrode layer 3 and the color filter 6, a pair of alignment films 4 that are in direct contact with the liquid crystal composition constituting the liquid crystal layer 5 and induce homogeneous alignment are provided. The alignment film 4 is composed of, for example, a rubbed polyimide film.
 偏光板1及び偏光板8は、各偏光板の偏光軸を調整して視野角やコントラストが良好になるように調整することができ、それらの透過軸がノーマリブラックモードで作動するように、互いに直行する透過軸を有することが好ましい。特に、偏光板1及び偏光板8のうちいずれかは、電圧無印加時の液晶分子の配向方向と平行な透過軸を有するように配置することが好ましい。また、コントラストが最大になるように液晶組成物の屈折率異方性Δnは液晶層の厚さ(H)にあわせ調整することが好ましい。更に、視野角を広げるための位相差フィルムも使用することもできる。 The polarizing plate 1 and the polarizing plate 8 can be adjusted so that the viewing angle and the contrast become good by adjusting the polarization axis of each polarizing plate so that their transmission axes operate in a normally black mode. It is preferable to have transmission axes perpendicular to each other. In particular, any one of the polarizing plate 1 and the polarizing plate 8 is preferably arranged so as to have a transmission axis parallel to the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules when no voltage is applied. Further, the refractive index anisotropy Δn of the liquid crystal composition is preferably adjusted according to the thickness (H) of the liquid crystal layer so that the contrast is maximized. Furthermore, a retardation film for widening the viewing angle can also be used.
 図2及び図3に示す実施の形態では、第一電極21及び第二電極22は、絶縁保護層31上に、すなわち同一の層上に形成された櫛形の電極であり、互いに離間して噛合した状態で設けられている。ここで、第一電極21と第二電極22との間の電極間距離:Gと、液晶層の厚さ:Hは、G≧Hの関係を満たす。電極間距離:Gとは、第一電極21と第二電極22との間の、基板に水平方向の最短距離を表し、図2及び図3で示す例においては、第一電極21と第二電極22が噛合して交互に形成されたラインに対して、垂直方向の距離を表す。液晶層の厚さ:Hとは、第一基板2と第二基板7との最表面間の最短距離を表し、具体的には、第一基板2及び第二基板7のそれぞれに設けられた配向膜4(最表面)間の距離のことで、図3に示すように液晶層の厚みを表す。 In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, the first electrode 21 and the second electrode 22 are comb-shaped electrodes formed on the insulating protective layer 31, that is, on the same layer, and are engaged with each other at a distance. It is provided in the state. Here, the interelectrode distance G between the first electrode 21 and the second electrode 22 and the thickness H of the liquid crystal layer satisfy the relationship of G ≧ H. The distance between electrodes: G represents the shortest distance in the horizontal direction on the substrate between the first electrode 21 and the second electrode 22, and in the example shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, the first electrode 21 and the second electrode 22 The distance in the vertical direction is expressed with respect to the line formed by alternately engaging the electrodes 22. The thickness of the liquid crystal layer: H represents the shortest distance between the outermost surfaces of the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7, specifically, provided on each of the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7. The distance between the alignment films 4 (outermost surfaces) represents the thickness of the liquid crystal layer as shown in FIG.
 本発明では、第一電極と第二電極との間の電極間距離:Gと液晶層の厚さ:Hとの差が、0≦G-H≦0.5μmの関係を満たすことが好ましい。弾性定数の大きい液晶組成物を用いるとより大きな駆動電圧が必要となるが、上記関係を満たすことにより、駆動電圧を低下させることができる。本発明では、弾性定数の大きい液晶組成物を用いているが、本発明の液晶組成物を用い、且つ0≦G-H≦0.5μmの関係を満たすことで、駆動電圧を低下させると共に、応答速度をより向上させることができる。G-Hは、0より大きいことが好ましく、0.5以下であることが好ましく、0.4以下であることが好ましく、0.3以下であることが好ましく、0.2以下であることが好ましく、0.15以下であることが好ましく、0.1以下であることが好ましい。 In the present invention, the difference between the interelectrode distance G between the first electrode and the second electrode: G and the thickness of the liquid crystal layer: H preferably satisfies the relationship 0 ≦ GH−0.5 μm. When a liquid crystal composition having a large elastic constant is used, a larger driving voltage is required, but the driving voltage can be lowered by satisfying the above relationship. In the present invention, a liquid crystal composition having a large elastic constant is used, but by using the liquid crystal composition of the present invention and satisfying the relationship of 0 ≦ GH ≦ 0.5 μm, the driving voltage is reduced, Response speed can be further improved. GH is preferably greater than 0, preferably 0.5 or less, preferably 0.4 or less, preferably 0.3 or less, and preferably 0.2 or less. Preferably, it is 0.15 or less, and preferably 0.1 or less.
 IPS型の液晶表示素子は、第一電極21及び第二電極間に形成される基板面に対して水平方向の電界を利用して液晶分子を駆動させる。第一電極21の電極幅:Q、及び第二電極22の電極幅:Rは、発生する電界により液晶層5内の液晶分子が全て駆動され得る程度の幅に形成することが好ましい。具体的には、第一電極及び第二電極の少なくともいずれか一方の電極幅:Wを、透過率の観点から3μm以下とすることが好ましく、第一電極21の電極幅:Q及び第二電極22の電極幅:Rの両方の電極幅を3μm以下とすることが好ましい。なお、電極幅とは、第一電極21と第二電極22が噛合して交互に形成されたラインの短軸方向の幅(ライン幅)を表す。 The IPS type liquid crystal display element drives liquid crystal molecules by using an electric field in a horizontal direction with respect to a substrate surface formed between the first electrode 21 and the second electrode. The electrode width Q of the first electrode 21 and the electrode width R of the second electrode 22 are preferably formed to such a width that all the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer 5 can be driven by the generated electric field. Specifically, the electrode width: W of at least one of the first electrode and the second electrode is preferably 3 μm or less from the viewpoint of transmittance, and the electrode width of the first electrode 21: Q and the second electrode The electrode width of 22: It is preferable that both electrode widths of R be 3 μm or less. The electrode width represents the width (line width) in the minor axis direction of a line formed by alternately engaging the first electrode 21 and the second electrode 22.
 本発明では、前記第一電極と第二電極との間の電極間距離:Gと、前記第一電極及び第二電極の少なくともいずれか一方の電極幅:Wが、G-W≦3μmの関係を満たすことが好ましい。第一電極及び第二電極の少なくともいずれか一方の電極幅:Wとは、第一電極21の電極幅:Qであっても、第二電極22の電極幅:Rであってもよいが、Q及びRの両方の電極幅を意味することが好ましい。本発明の液晶組成物を用い、且つG-W≦3μmとすることにより、駆動電圧をより低下させると共に、応答速度をより向上させることができる。駆動電圧の低下の観点および透過率の低下を防ぐ観点から、G-Wの下限値は0以上であることが好ましく、0.1以上であることが好ましく、0.1以上であることが好ましく、0.2以上であることが好ましく、0.3以上であることが好ましく、0.5以上であることが好ましい。また、上限値は2.8以下であることが好ましく、2.5以下であることが好ましく、2.3以下であることが好ましく、2.0以下であることが好ましく、1.5以下であることが好ましく、1・3以下であることが好ましく、1.2以下であることが好ましく、1.1以下であることが好ましい。 In the present invention, the distance between the first electrode and the second electrode: G and the electrode width: W of at least one of the first electrode and the second electrode are such that GW ≦ 3 μm. It is preferable to satisfy. The electrode width: W of at least one of the first electrode and the second electrode may be the electrode width: Q of the first electrode 21 or the electrode width: R of the second electrode 22, It is preferred to mean both Q and R electrode widths. By using the liquid crystal composition of the present invention and setting GW ≦ 3 μm, the driving voltage can be further lowered and the response speed can be further improved. From the viewpoint of lowering the driving voltage and preventing the reduction of transmittance, the lower limit value of GW is preferably 0 or more, preferably 0.1 or more, and preferably 0.1 or more. 0.2 or more, preferably 0.3 or more, and more preferably 0.5 or more. The upper limit is preferably 2.8 or less, preferably 2.5 or less, preferably 2.3 or less, preferably 2.0 or less, and 1.5 or less. Preferably, it is preferably 1.3 or less, preferably 1.2 or less, and preferably 1.1 or less.
 本発明では、0≦G-H≦0.5μmの関係を満たすか、若しくは、G-W≦3μmの関係を満たすことが好ましいが、0≦G-H≦0.5μmの関係を満たすし、且つG-W≦3μmの関係を満たすことがより好ましい。 In the present invention, it is preferable to satisfy the relationship of 0 ≦ GH ≦ 0.5 μm or satisfy the relationship of GW ≦ 3 μm. However, the relationship of 0 ≦ GH ≦ 0.5 μm is satisfied, It is more preferable to satisfy the relationship of GW ≦ 3 μm.
 図4は、配向膜4により誘起された液晶の配向方向を模式的に示す図である。本発明においては、負の誘電率異方性を有する液晶組成物が用いられる。したがって、第一電極21及び第二電極22の櫛形を形成するラインに対して垂直な方向(水平電界が形成される方向)をx軸としたときに、該x軸と液晶分子30の長軸方向とのなす角θが、概ね0~45°となるように配向されることが好ましい。図4に示す例では、x軸と液晶分子30の長軸方向とのなす角θが、概ね0°の例が示されている。x軸と液晶分子30の長軸方向とのなす角θは、0~40°であることが好ましく、0~35°であることが好ましく、0~30℃であることがより好ましい。このように液晶の配向方向を誘起するのは、液晶表示装置の最大透過率とコントラストを高めるためである。 FIG. 4 is a diagram schematically showing the alignment direction of the liquid crystal induced by the alignment film 4. In the present invention, a liquid crystal composition having negative dielectric anisotropy is used. Therefore, the x axis and the major axis of the liquid crystal molecules 30 are defined with the x axis being the direction perpendicular to the line forming the comb shape of the first electrode 21 and the second electrode 22 (the direction in which the horizontal electric field is formed). Orientation is preferably made so that the angle θ formed with the direction is approximately 0 to 45 °. In the example shown in FIG. 4, an example in which the angle θ formed by the x axis and the major axis direction of the liquid crystal molecules 30 is approximately 0 ° is shown. The angle θ formed by the x-axis and the major axis direction of the liquid crystal molecules 30 is preferably 0 to 40 °, more preferably 0 to 35 °, and even more preferably 0 to 30 ° C. The reason for inducing the alignment direction of the liquid crystal is to increase the maximum transmittance and contrast of the liquid crystal display device.
 上記のような構成のIPS型の液晶表示装置10は、薄膜TFTを介して第一電極21に画像信号(電圧)を供給することで、第一電極21と第二電極22との間に電界を生じさせ、この電界によって液晶を駆動する。すなわち、電圧を印加しない状態では、液晶分子30は、その長軸方向が、配向膜4の配向方向と平行になるように配置している。電圧を印加すると、印加した電圧に応じて液晶層5内の液晶分子30は、第一電極21と第二電極22が交互に形成されたラインに対して液晶分子の長軸方向が一定の傾きをもって配向する。なお、図4に示す液晶分子30は、液晶組成物を構成する液晶分子の動きを説明するために模式的に示したものであり、特定の液晶分子のみを意味するものではない。 The IPS-type liquid crystal display device 10 configured as described above supplies an image signal (voltage) to the first electrode 21 via the thin film TFT, whereby an electric field is generated between the first electrode 21 and the second electrode 22. The liquid crystal is driven by this electric field. That is, in a state where no voltage is applied, the liquid crystal molecules 30 are arranged so that the major axis direction thereof is parallel to the alignment direction of the alignment film 4. When a voltage is applied, the liquid crystal molecules 30 in the liquid crystal layer 5 in accordance with the applied voltage are inclined such that the major axis direction of the liquid crystal molecules is constant with respect to the line in which the first electrodes 21 and the second electrodes 22 are alternately formed. Orient. Note that the liquid crystal molecules 30 shown in FIG. 4 are schematically shown for explaining the movement of the liquid crystal molecules constituting the liquid crystal composition, and do not mean only specific liquid crystal molecules.
 図1~図4を用いて説明したIPS型の液晶表示素子は一例であって、本発明の技術的思想から逸脱しない限りにおいて、他の様々な形態で実施することが可能である。例えば、図5は、画素内に形成される第一電極21及び第二電極22の他の構成を示す例である。また、図6は、図2におけるIII-III線方向に図1に示す液晶表示素子を切断した他の例である。図6に示すように、第二電極22をゲート絶縁層32上に設け、第二電極を絶縁保護層31で多い、該絶縁保護層31上に第一電極21を設けて、第一電極21及び第二電極22が、異なる層上に設ける構成としてもよい。 The IPS liquid crystal display element described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 4 is an example, and can be implemented in various other forms without departing from the technical idea of the present invention. For example, FIG. 5 is an example showing another configuration of the first electrode 21 and the second electrode 22 formed in the pixel. FIG. 6 is another example in which the liquid crystal display element shown in FIG. 1 is cut in the direction of the line III-III in FIG. As shown in FIG. 6, the second electrode 22 is provided on the gate insulating layer 32, the second electrode is mostly the insulating protective layer 31, the first electrode 21 is provided on the insulating protective layer 31, and the first electrode 21 is provided. The second electrode 22 may be provided on different layers.
 本発明の液晶表示素子は、例えば第一基板2上に電極層Al又はその合金等の金属材料をスパッタリングすることにより配線を形成し、電極層3を形成することができる。また、カラーフィルター6は、例えば、顔料分散法、印刷法、電着法又は、染色法等によって作成することができる。顔料分散法によるカラーフィルターの作成方法を一例に説明すると、カラーフィルター用の硬化性着色組成物を、該透明基板上に塗布し、パターニング処理を施し、そして加熱又は光照射により硬化させる。この工程を、赤、緑、青の3色についてそれぞれ行うことで、カラーフィルター用の画素部を作成することができる。また、カラーフィルターはTFT等を有する基板側に設置してもよい。 The liquid crystal display element of the present invention can form the electrode layer 3 by forming a wiring on the first substrate 2 by sputtering a metal material such as the electrode layer Al or its alloy. Further, the color filter 6 can be produced by, for example, a pigment dispersion method, a printing method, an electrodeposition method, a dyeing method, or the like. A method for producing a color filter by a pigment dispersion method will be described as an example. A curable coloring composition for a color filter is applied on the transparent substrate, subjected to patterning treatment, and cured by heating or light irradiation. By performing this process for each of the three colors red, green, and blue, a pixel portion for a color filter can be created. Further, the color filter may be provided on the side of the substrate having a TFT or the like.
 第一基板2及び第二基板7を、電極層3や配向膜4側が内側となるように対向させるが、その際にスペーサーを介して、基板の間隔を調整してもよい。このときは、液晶層の厚さが1~100μmとなるように調整するのが好ましい。液晶層の厚さは1から20μmが好ましく、1から15μmが好ましく、1から10μmが好ましく、1.3から10μmが好ましく、1.5から10μmが好ましく、1.5から8μmが好ましく、1.5から5μmが好ましく、1.5から4μmが好ましく、1.8から3.5μmが好ましく、2.0から3μmが好ましい。偏光板を使用する場合は、コントラストが最大になるように液晶の屈折率異方性Δnと液晶層の厚さ(H)との積を調整することが好ましい。又、二枚の偏光板がある場合は、各偏光板の偏光軸を調整して視野角やコントラトが良好になるように調整することもできる。更に、視野角を広げるための位相差フィルムも使用することもできる。その後、エポキシ系熱硬化性組成物等のシール剤を、液晶注入口を設けた形で該基板にスクリーン印刷し、該基板同士を貼り合わせ、加熱しシール剤を熱硬化させる。 The first substrate 2 and the second substrate 7 are opposed to each other so that the electrode layer 3 and the alignment film 4 side are on the inner side. At this time, the interval between the substrates may be adjusted via a spacer. In this case, it is preferable to adjust the thickness of the liquid crystal layer to be 1 to 100 μm. The thickness of the liquid crystal layer is preferably 1 to 20 μm, preferably 1 to 15 μm, preferably 1 to 10 μm, preferably 1.3 to 10 μm, preferably 1.5 to 10 μm, preferably 1.5 to 8 μm. 5 to 5 μm is preferable, 1.5 to 4 μm is preferable, 1.8 to 3.5 μm is preferable, and 2.0 to 3 μm is preferable. When a polarizing plate is used, it is preferable to adjust the product of the refractive index anisotropy Δn of the liquid crystal and the thickness (H) of the liquid crystal layer so that the contrast is maximized. In addition, when there are two polarizing plates, the polarizing axis of each polarizing plate can be adjusted so that the viewing angle and contrast are good. Furthermore, a retardation film for widening the viewing angle can also be used. Thereafter, a sealant such as an epoxy thermosetting composition is screen-printed on the substrates with a liquid crystal inlet provided, the substrates are bonded together, and heated to thermally cure the sealant.
 2枚の基板間に組成物を狭持させる方法は、通常の真空注入法又は滴下注入(ODF:One Drop Fill)法等を用いることができるが、真空注入法においては滴下痕が発生しないものの、注入の跡が残る課題を有しているものであるが、本願発明においては、ODF法を用いて製造する表示素子により好適に使用することができる。ODF法の液晶表示素子製造工程においては、バックプレーン又はフロントプレーンのどちらか一方の基板にエポキシ系光熱併用硬化性などのシール剤を、ディスペンサーを用いて閉ループ土手状に描画し、その中に脱気下で所定量の組成物を滴下後、フロントプレーンとバックプレーンを接合することによって液晶表示素子を製造することができる。本発明においては、ODF法において、液晶組成物を基板に滴下した際の滴下痕の発生を抑えることができる。なお、滴下痕とは、黒表示した場合に液晶組成物を滴下した痕が白く浮かび上がる現象と定義する。 As a method of sandwiching the composition between two substrates, a normal vacuum injection method or a drop injection (ODF: One Drop Fill) method can be used, but a drop mark is not generated in the vacuum injection method. However, in the present invention, it can be suitably used for a display element manufactured using the ODF method. In the ODF liquid crystal display device manufacturing process, a sealant such as epoxy photothermal combination curing is drawn on a backplane or frontplane substrate using a dispenser in a closed-loop bank shape, and then removed. A liquid crystal display element can be manufactured by bonding a front plane and a back plane after dropping a predetermined amount of the composition under air. In the present invention, in the ODF method, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of dripping marks when the liquid crystal composition is dropped on the substrate. In addition, a dripping mark is defined as a phenomenon in which a mark in which a liquid crystal composition is dripped appears white when displaying black.
 滴下痕の発生は、注入される液晶材料に大きな影響を受けるものであるが、さらに、表示素子の構成によってもその影響は避けられない。IPSモードの液晶表示素子においては、表示素子中に形成される薄膜トランジスター、及び、櫛形やスリットを有する第一電極21、第二電極22等は、薄い配向膜4、あるいは薄い配向膜4と薄い絶縁保護層31等しか液晶組成物を隔てる部材が無いことから、イオン性物質を遮断しきれない可能性が高く、電極を構成する金属材料と液晶組成物の相互作用による滴下痕の発生を避けることができなかったが、IPS型の液晶表示素子において本願発明の液晶組成物を組み合わせて用いることにより、効果的に滴下痕の発生が抑えられる。 The occurrence of dripping marks is greatly affected by the liquid crystal material to be injected, but the influence is unavoidable depending on the configuration of the display element. In the IPS mode liquid crystal display element, the thin film transistor formed in the display element, the first electrode 21 having the comb shape or the slit, the second electrode 22 and the like are thin alignment film 4 or thin alignment film 4 and thin. Since there is only a member that separates the liquid crystal composition, such as the insulating protective layer 31, etc., there is a high possibility that the ionic substance cannot be completely blocked, and the occurrence of dripping marks due to the interaction between the metal material constituting the electrode and the liquid crystal composition is avoided. However, by using the liquid crystal composition of the present invention in combination in an IPS type liquid crystal display element, the occurrence of dripping marks can be effectively suppressed.
 また、ODF法による液晶表示素子の製造工程においては、液晶表示素子のサイズに応じて最適な液晶注入量を滴下する必要があるが、本願発明の液晶組成物は、例えば、液晶滴下時に生じる滴下装置内の急激な圧力変化や衝撃に対する影響が少なく、長時間にわたって安定的に液晶を滴下し続けることが可能であるため、液晶表示素子の歩留まりを高く保持することもできる。特に、最近流行しているスマートフォンに多用される小型液晶表示素子は、最適な液晶注入量が少ないために最適値からのずれを一定範囲内に制御すること自体が難しいが、本願発明の液晶組成物を用いることにより、小型液晶表示素子においても安定した液晶材料の吐出量を実現できる。 Moreover, in the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display element by the ODF method, it is necessary to drop an optimal liquid crystal injection amount according to the size of the liquid crystal display element. The liquid crystal display element can be kept at a high yield because liquid crystal can be stably dropped over a long period of time with little influence on abrupt pressure change or impact in the apparatus. In particular, small liquid crystal display elements that are frequently used in smartphones that have been popular recently are difficult to control the deviation from the optimal value within a certain range because the optimal liquid crystal injection amount is small. By using an object, a stable discharge amount of a liquid crystal material can be realized even in a small liquid crystal display element.
 本発明の液晶組成物が重合性化合物を含有する場合、重合性化合物を重合させる方法としては、液晶の良好な配向性能を得るためには、適度な重合速度が望ましいので、紫外線又は電子線等の活性エネルギー線を単一又は併用又は順番に照射することによって重合させる方法が好ましい。紫外線を使用する場合、偏光光源を用いても良いし、非偏光光源を用いても良い。また、重合性化合物含有組成物を2枚の基板間に挟持させて状態で重合を行う場合には、少なくとも照射面側の基板は活性エネルギー線に対して適当な透明性が与えられていなければならない。また、光照射時にマスクを用いて特定の部分のみを重合させた後、電場や磁場又は温度等の条件を変化させることにより、未重合部分の配向状態を変化させて、更に活性エネルギー線を照射して重合させるという手段を用いても良い。特に紫外線露光する際には、重合性化合物含有組成物に交流電界を印加しながら紫外線露光することが好ましい。印加する交流電界は、周波数10Hzから10kHzの交流が好ましく、周波数60Hzから10kHzがより好ましく、電圧は液晶表示素子の所望のプレチルト角に依存して選ばれる。つまり、印加する電圧により液晶表示素子のプレチルト角を制御することができる。横電界型MVAモードの液晶表示素子においては、配向安定性及びコントラストの観点からプレチルト角を80度から89.9度に制御することが好ましい。 When the liquid crystal composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound, an appropriate polymerization rate is desirable for obtaining a good alignment performance of the liquid crystal as a method for polymerizing the polymerizable compound, such as ultraviolet rays or electron beams. A method in which the active energy rays are polymerized by irradiating them in a single or a combination or sequentially. When ultraviolet rays are used, a polarized light source or a non-polarized light source may be used. Further, when the polymerization is carried out in a state where the polymerizable compound-containing composition is sandwiched between two substrates, at least the substrate on the irradiated surface side must be given adequate transparency to the active energy rays. Don't be. Moreover, after polymerizing only a specific part using a mask during light irradiation, the orientation state of the unpolymerized part is changed by changing conditions such as an electric field, a magnetic field, or temperature, and further irradiation with active energy rays is performed. Then, it is possible to use a means for polymerization. In particular, when ultraviolet exposure is performed, it is preferable to perform ultraviolet exposure while applying an alternating electric field to the polymerizable compound-containing composition. The alternating electric field to be applied is preferably an alternating current having a frequency of 10 Hz to 10 kHz, more preferably a frequency of 60 Hz to 10 kHz, and the voltage is selected depending on a desired pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element. That is, the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element can be controlled by the applied voltage. In a horizontal electric field type MVA mode liquid crystal display element, the pretilt angle is preferably controlled from 80 degrees to 89.9 degrees from the viewpoint of alignment stability and contrast.
 照射時の温度は、本発明の組成物の液晶状態が保持される温度範囲内であることが好ましい。室温に近い温度、即ち、典型的には15~35℃での温度で重合させることが好ましい。紫外線を発生させるランプとしては、メタルハライドランプ、高圧水銀ランプ、超高圧水銀ランプ等を用いることができる。また、照射する紫外線の波長としては、組成物の吸収波長域でない波長領域の紫外線を照射することが好ましく、必要に応じて、紫外線をカットして使用することが好ましい。照射する紫外線の強度は、0.1mW/cm2~100W/cm2が好ましく、2mW/cm2~50W/cm2がより好ましい。照射する紫外線のエネルギー量は、適宜調整することができるが、10mJ/cm2から500J/cm2が好ましく、100mJ/cm2から200J/cm2がより好ましい。紫外線を照射する際に、強度を変化させても良い。紫外線を照射する時間は照射する紫外線強度により適宜選択されるが、10秒から3600秒が好ましく、10秒から600秒がより好ましい。 The temperature at the time of irradiation is preferably within a temperature range in which the liquid crystal state of the composition of the present invention is maintained. Polymerization is preferably performed at a temperature close to room temperature, that is, typically at a temperature of 15 to 35 ° C. As a lamp for generating ultraviolet rays, a metal halide lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, or the like can be used. Moreover, as a wavelength of the ultraviolet-ray to irradiate, it is preferable to irradiate the ultraviolet-ray of the wavelength range which is not the absorption wavelength range of a composition, and it is preferable to cut and use an ultraviolet-ray as needed. The intensity of the irradiated ultraviolet light is preferably 0.1 mW / cm 2 to 100 W / cm 2, more preferably 2 mW / cm 2 to 50 W / cm 2. The amount of energy of ultraviolet rays to be irradiated can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 10 mJ / cm 2 to 500 J / cm 2, and more preferably 100 mJ / cm 2 to 200 J / cm 2. When irradiating with ultraviolet rays, the intensity may be changed. The time for irradiating with ultraviolet rays is appropriately selected depending on the intensity of the irradiated ultraviolet rays, but is preferably from 10 seconds to 3600 seconds, and more preferably from 10 seconds to 600 seconds.
実施例において化合物の記載について以下の略号を用いる。なお、nは自然数を表す。
(側鎖)
 -n    -C2n+1 炭素原子数nの直鎖状のアルキル基
 n-    C2n+1- 炭素原子数nの直鎖状のアルキル基
 -On   -OC2n+1 炭素原子数nの直鎖状のアルコキシル基
nO-   C2n+1O- 炭素原子数nの直鎖状のアルコキシル基
 -V    -CH=CH
 V-    CH=CH-
 -V1   -CH=CH-CH
 1V-   CH-CH=CH-
 -2V   -CH-CH-CH=CH
V2-   CH=CH-CH-CH
-2V1  -CH-CH-CH=CH-CH
1V2-  CH-CH=CH-CH-CH
(連結基)
-n-     -C2n
-nO-    -C2n-O-
-On-    -O-C2n
-COO-   -C(=O)-O-
-OCO-   -O-C(=O)-
-CF2O-  -CF-O-
-OCF2-  -O-CF
(環構造)
The following abbreviations are used for the description of compounds in the examples. Note that n represents a natural number.
(Side chain)
-N -C n H 2n + 1 linear alkyl group with n carbon atoms n- C n H 2n + 1 -linear alkyl group with n carbon atoms -On -OC n H 2n + 1 linear chain with n carbon atoms -Like alkoxyl group nO- C n H 2n + 1 O- linear alkoxyl group having n carbon atoms -V -CH = CH 2
V- CH 2 = CH-
-V1 -CH = CH-CH 3
1V- CH 3 —CH═CH—
-2V -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH = CH 3
V2- CH 2 = CH-CH 2 -CH 2-
-2V1 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH = CH-CH 3
1V2- CH 3 —CH═CH—CH 2 —CH 2
(Linking group)
-N- -C n H 2n-
—NO— —C n H 2n —O—
—On— —O—C n H 2n
—COO— —C (═O) —O—
-OCO- -OC (= O)-
—CF 2 O——CF 2 —O—
-OCF2- -O-CF 2-
(Ring structure)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
 実施例中、測定した特性は以下の通りである。 In the examples, the measured characteristics are as follows.
 Tni :ネマチック相-等方性液体相転移温度(℃)
 Δn :20℃における屈折率異方性
 Δε :20℃における誘電率異方性
 η  :20℃における粘度(mPa・s)
 γ :20℃における回転粘度(mPa・s)
 K11 :20℃における弾性定数K11(pN)
 K33 :20℃における弾性定数K33(pN)
 駆動電圧評価 : IPS型の液晶表示素子の20℃における駆動電圧を、オートロニック社製電気光学測定装置DMS703により測定した。得られた数値を、以下のように評価した。
T ni : Nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (° C.)
Δn: Refractive index anisotropy at 20 ° C. Δε: Dielectric anisotropy at 20 ° C. η: Viscosity at 20 ° C. (mPa · s)
γ 1 : rotational viscosity at 20 ° C. (mPa · s)
K 11 : elastic constant K 11 (pN) at 20 ° C.
K 33 : Elastic constant at 20 ° C. K 33 (pN)
Drive voltage evaluation: The drive voltage at 20 ° C. of the IPS type liquid crystal display element was measured by an electro-optic measuring device DMS703 manufactured by Autoronic. The obtained numerical values were evaluated as follows.
 ◎:8.5V未満
 〇:8.5以上 10未満
 △:10以上 11.5未満
 ×:13.0以上
 応答速度評価 : IPS型の液晶表示素子の20℃における応答速度を、オートロニック社製電気光学測定装置DMS703により測定した。得られた数値を、以下のように評価した。
◎: Less than 8.5 V ○: 8.5 or more and less than 10 △: 10 or more and less than 11.5 ×: 13.0 or more Response speed evaluation: The response speed at 20 ° C. of an IPS type liquid crystal display element is measured with an electro-optic measuring device DMS703 manufactured by Autoronic. did. The obtained numerical values were evaluated as follows.
 ◎:9.0ms未満
 〇:9.0以上10ms 未満
 △:10以上11.0ms 未満
 ×:11.0ms以上
 コントラスト評価:IPS型の液晶表示素子をオートロニック社製電気光学測定装置DMS703により電気光学特性を測定して、「最大輝度/最小輝度」をコントラストのパラメータとして算出した。得られたパラメータの数値を、以下のように4段階で評価した。
◎: Less than 9.0 ms ○: 9.0 or more and less than 10 ms △: 10 or more and less than 11.0 ms ×: 11.0 ms or more Contrast evaluation: The electro-optical characteristics of an IPS type liquid crystal display element were measured by an electro-optic measuring device DMS703 manufactured by Autoronic. , “Maximum luminance / minimum luminance” was calculated as a contrast parameter. The numerical values of the obtained parameters were evaluated in four stages as follows.
 ◎:1600以上
 〇:1400以上 1600未満
 △:1200以上 1400未満
 ×:1200未満
 (実施例1~9、比較例1~3)
 次に示す組成を有する実施例1~9及び比較例1~3の液晶組成物を調製し、その物性値を測定した。この結果を次の表に示す。
A: 1600 or more ○: 1400 or more but less than 1600 Δ: 1200 or more but less than 1400 ×: less than 1200 (Examples 1 to 9, Comparative Examples 1 to 3)
Liquid crystal compositions of Examples 1 to 9 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 having the following compositions were prepared, and their physical property values were measured. The results are shown in the following table.
 実施例1~9及び比較例1~3の液晶組成物を用いて、液晶層の厚さHが3μm、電極間距離Gが3μm、電極幅Wが2μm(第一電極の幅Qが2μm、第二電極の幅Rが2μm)の図3に示す構成のIPSモードの液晶表示素子を作製した。これらの液晶表示素子の駆動電圧、応答速度及びコントラストの評価結果を行った。 Using the liquid crystal compositions of Examples 1 to 9 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3, the thickness H of the liquid crystal layer was 3 μm, the distance G between the electrodes was 3 μm, the electrode width W was 2 μm (the width Q of the first electrode was 2 μm, An IPS mode liquid crystal display device having the configuration shown in FIG. 3 in which the width R of the second electrode was 2 μm was produced. Evaluation results of drive voltage, response speed, and contrast of these liquid crystal display elements were performed.
 なお、含有量の左側の記号は、上記化合物の略号の記載である。 The symbol on the left side of the content is an abbreviation for the above compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000097
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000097
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000098
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000098
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000099
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000099
 実施例1~9の液晶組成物は、TV用液晶組成物として実用的な範囲のTNIを有し、大きいΔεの絶対値を有し、最適なΔnを有していることが解る。実施例1~9と比較例1~3の液晶表示素子を比較すると、駆動電圧はほぼ同等の結果を示したが、比較例1~3の液晶表示素子はコントラストが劣り、且つ、応答速度も劣る結果となった。本発明の液晶組成物を素子に適用することで高いコントラストを得られることがわかった。 It can be seen that the liquid crystal compositions of Examples 1 to 9 have T NI in a practical range as a liquid crystal composition for TV, have a large absolute value of Δε, and have an optimal Δn. When the liquid crystal display elements of Examples 1 to 9 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 were compared, the driving voltage showed almost the same result, but the liquid crystal display elements of Comparative Examples 1 to 3 had poor contrast and response speed. The result was inferior. It was found that high contrast can be obtained by applying the liquid crystal composition of the present invention to a device.
 (実施例10)
 実施例2の液晶組成物を用いて、液晶層の厚さHが3.8μm、電極間距離Gが4μm、電極幅Wが2.3μm(第一電極の幅Qが2.3μm、第二電極の幅Rが2.3μm)の図3に示す構成のIPSモードの液晶表示素子を作製した。
(Example 10)
Using the liquid crystal composition of Example 2, the thickness H of the liquid crystal layer was 3.8 μm, the inter-electrode distance G was 4 μm, the electrode width W was 2.3 μm (the first electrode width Q was 2.3 μm, the second An IPS mode liquid crystal display device having the configuration shown in FIG. 3 having an electrode width R of 2.3 μm was produced.
 (実施例11)
 実施例2の液晶組成物を用いて、液晶層の厚さHが4μm、電極間距離Gが4.8μm、電極幅Wが3.4μm(第一電極の幅Qが3μm、第二電極の幅Rが3μm)の図3に示す構成のIPSモードの液晶表示素子を作製した。
(Example 11)
Using the liquid crystal composition of Example 2, the thickness H of the liquid crystal layer was 4 μm, the inter-electrode distance G was 4.8 μm, the electrode width W was 3.4 μm (the first electrode width Q was 3 μm, the second electrode An IPS mode liquid crystal display element having a configuration shown in FIG. 3 having a width R of 3 μm was manufactured.
 (実施例12)
 また、実施例2の液晶組成物を用いて、液晶層の厚さHが5.5μm、電極間距離Gが6.5μm、電極幅Wが3μm(第一電極の幅Qが3μm、第二電極の幅Rが3μm)の図3に示す構成のIPSモードの液晶表示素子を作製した。
(Example 12)
Further, using the liquid crystal composition of Example 2, the thickness H of the liquid crystal layer is 5.5 μm, the inter-electrode distance G is 6.5 μm, the electrode width W is 3 μm (the width Q of the first electrode is 3 μm, the second An IPS mode liquid crystal display device having the configuration shown in FIG. 3 having an electrode width R of 3 μm was produced.
 実施例10~12の液晶表示素子の駆動電圧、応答速度及びコントラストの評価結果を行った。 The evaluation results of the driving voltage, response speed, and contrast of the liquid crystal display elements of Examples 10 to 12 were performed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000100
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000100
 第一電極と第二電極との間の電極間距離Gと液晶層の厚さHとの差(G-H)、または電極間距離Gと電極幅Wとの差(G-W)が実施例2よりも大きい実施例10及び実施例11、並びに(G-H)及び(G-W)が実施例2よりも大きい実施例12の液晶表示素子は、駆動電圧および応答速度が劣る結果となったが、高いコントラストを得られた。(比較例4)
 比較例2の液晶組成物を用いて、液晶層の厚さHが5.5μm、電極間距離Gが6.5μm、電極幅Wが3μm(第一電極の幅Qが2.3μm、第二電極の幅Rが2.3μm)の図3に示す構成のIPSモードの液晶表示素子を作製した。
The difference between the distance G between the first electrode and the second electrode and the thickness H of the liquid crystal layer (GH), or the difference between the distance G between the electrodes and the electrode width W (GW) is carried out. The liquid crystal display element of Example 10 and Example 11 larger than Example 2 and Example 12 in which (GH) and (GW) are larger than Example 2 has a result that driving voltage and response speed are inferior. However, high contrast was obtained. (Comparative Example 4)
Using the liquid crystal composition of Comparative Example 2, the thickness H of the liquid crystal layer is 5.5 μm, the inter-electrode distance G is 6.5 μm, the electrode width W is 3 μm (the first electrode width Q is 2.3 μm, the second An IPS mode liquid crystal display device having the configuration shown in FIG. 3 having an electrode width R of 2.3 μm was produced.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000101
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000101
 第一電極と第二電極との間の電極間距離Gと液晶層の厚さHとの差(G-H)、または電極間距離Gと電極幅Wとの差(G-W)が、比較例2よりも大きい比較例4の液晶表示素子は、比較例2に比べ、駆動電圧および応答速度が劣る結果となった。 The difference between the electrode distance G between the first electrode and the second electrode and the thickness H of the liquid crystal layer (GH) or the difference between the electrode distance G and the electrode width W (GW) The liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 4 which is larger than Comparative Example 2 was inferior in driving voltage and response speed as compared with Comparative Example 2.
1,8 偏光板
2 第一基板
3 電極層
4 配向膜
5 液晶層
6 カラーフィルター
7 第二基板
21 第一電極
22 第二電極
23 共通ライン
24 ゲートバスライン
25 データバスライン
26 ドレイン電極
27 ソース電極
28 ゲート電極
30 液晶分子
31 絶縁保護層
32 絶縁層
H  液晶層の厚さ
W   第一電極及び第二電極の少なくともいずれか一方の電極幅
Q  第一電極の電極幅R  第二電極の電極幅
1, 8 Polarizing plate 2 First substrate 3 Electrode layer 4 Alignment film 5 Liquid crystal layer 6 Color filter 7 Second substrate 21 First electrode 22 Second electrode 23 Common line 24 Gate bus line 25 Data bus line 26 Drain electrode 27 Source electrode 28 Gate electrode 30 Liquid crystal molecule 31 Insulating protective layer 32 Insulating layer H Thickness W of liquid crystal layer Electrode width Q of at least one of first electrode and second electrode Q Electrode width R of first electrode R Width of second electrode

Claims (11)

  1. 対向に配置された第一基板と、第二基板と、前記第一基板と第二基板との間に液晶組成物を含有する液晶層を挟持し、
    前記第一基板上に第一電極と、マトリクス状に配置される複数個のゲートバスライン及びデータバスラインと、
    前記ゲートバスラインとデータバスラインとの交差部に設けられる薄膜トランジスタと、該トランジスタにより駆動される第二電極とを各画素毎に有し、
    前記液晶層と前記第一基板及び/又は第二基板の間にホモジニアス配向を誘起する配向膜層を有し、
    前記第一電極と第二電極との間の電極間距離:Gと液晶層の厚さ:HとがG≧Hの関係を満たし、
    前記液晶組成物が、負の誘電率異方性を有し、且つ、ベンド弾性定数(K33)が17pN以上である液晶表示素子。
    Sandwiching a liquid crystal layer containing a liquid crystal composition between the first substrate, the second substrate, and the first substrate and the second substrate disposed opposite to each other;
    A first electrode on the first substrate; a plurality of gate bus lines and data bus lines arranged in a matrix;
    A thin film transistor provided at an intersection of the gate bus line and the data bus line, and a second electrode driven by the transistor for each pixel;
    Having an alignment film layer for inducing homogeneous alignment between the liquid crystal layer and the first substrate and / or the second substrate;
    The distance between the first electrode and the second electrode: G and the thickness of the liquid crystal layer: H satisfy the relationship G ≧ H,
    A liquid crystal display device, wherein the liquid crystal composition has a negative dielectric anisotropy and a bend elastic constant (K 33 ) of 17 pN or more.
  2. 前記液晶組成物が、一般式(N-1)、(N-2)及び(N-3)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (式中、RN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31及びRN32はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1個又は非隣接の2個以上の-CH-はそれぞれ独立して-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
     AN11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31及びAN32はそれぞれ独立して
    (a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置き換えられてもよい。)及び
    (b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい。)
    (c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられても良い。)
    (d) 1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)、基(b)、基(c)及び基(d)はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていても良く、
     ZN11、ZN12、ZN21、ZN22、ZN31及びZN32はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-を表し、
     XN21は水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
     TN31は-CH-又は酸素原子を表し、
     nN11、nN12、nN21、nN22、nN31及びnN32はそれぞれ独立して0~3の整数を表すが、nN11+nN12、nN21+nN22及びnN31+nN32はそれぞれ独立して1、2又は3であり、AN11~AN32、ZN11~ZN32が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。)
    で表される化合物を1種又は2種以上含有する請求項1に記載の液晶組成物。
    The liquid crystal composition has the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (Wherein, R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or non-adjacent 2 in the alkyl group Two or more —CH 2 — may be each independently substituted by —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—,
    A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31, and A N32 are each independently (a) a 1,4-cyclohexylene group (one —CH 2 — or adjacent to each other in this group). And two or more —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—) and (b) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH═ present in this group or not adjacent 2 More than one -CH = may be replaced by -N =.)
    (C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or One —CH═ present in the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═. )
    (D) represents a group selected from the group consisting of 1,4-cyclohexenylene groups, and the groups (a), (b), (c) and (d) are each independently a cyano group, It may be substituted with a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
    Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 and Z N32 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—. , —COO—, —OCO—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH═N—N═CH—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF— or —C≡C—,
    XN21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom,
    T N31 represents —CH 2 — or an oxygen atom,
    n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31, and n N32 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, but n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22, and n N31 + n N32 are each independently When there are a plurality of A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 , they may be the same or different. )
    The liquid crystal composition according to claim 1, comprising one or more compounds represented by the formula:
  3. 前記液晶組成物が、更に、一般式(L)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (式中、RL1及びRL2はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1個又は非隣接の2個以上の-CH-はそれぞれ独立して-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
     nL1は0、1、2又は3を表し、
     AL1、AL2及びAL3はそれぞれ独立して
    (a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置き換えられてもよい。)
    (b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい。)及び
    (c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられても良い。)
    からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていても良く、
     ZL1及びZL2はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-を表し、
     nL1が2又は3であってAL2が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、nL1が2又は3であってZL3が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良いが、一般式(N-1)、(N-2)及び(N-3)で表される化合物を除く。)
    で表される化合物を1種又は2種以上含有する請求項1又は2に記載の液晶表示素子。
    The liquid crystal composition further comprises the general formula (L)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (Wherein R L1 and R L2 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl group are each independently Optionally substituted by —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—,
    n L1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3,
    A L1 , A L2 and A L3 each independently represent (a) a 1,4-cyclohexylene group (one —CH 2 — present in the group or two or more —CH 2 — not adjacent to each other). May be replaced by -O-.)
    (B) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH═ present in the group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═) and (c) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,2 , 3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, one —CH═ or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═.
    The group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
    Z L1 and Z L2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCF 2 -, -CF 2 O-, -CH = NN-CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF- or -C≡C-
    When n L1 is 2 or 3, and a plurality of A L2 are present, they may be the same or different, and when n L1 is 2 or 3, and a plurality of Z L3 are present, May be the same or different, but excludes compounds represented by general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3). )
    The liquid crystal display element of Claim 1 or 2 containing 1 type, or 2 or more types of compounds represented by these.
  4. 前記一般式(N-1)、(N-2)及び(N-3)中のRN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31及びRN32の少なくとも1つ以上が以下の式(NRd)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (式中RNd1は水素原子又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基を表し、mNdは0~5の整数を表し、式中の黒点は環構造中の炭素原子、又は環構造中の炭素原子に結合する酸素原子を表す。)
    で表される基であり、且つ式(NRd)で表される基を有する一般式(N-1)、(N-2)及び(N-3)で表される化合物中のnN11+nN12、nN21+nN22及びnN31+nN32は2又は3を表す化合物を1種又は2種以上含有する請求項2又は3のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示素子。
    In the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3), at least one of R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 is represented by the following formula (NRd )
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (In the formula, R Nd1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, m Nd represents an integer of 0 to 5, and a black dot in the formula represents a carbon atom in the ring structure or a carbon in the ring structure. Represents an oxygen atom bonded to an atom.)
    N N11 + n N12 in the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) having the group represented by the formula (NRd) , N N21 + n N22 and n N31 + n N32 are liquid crystal display elements according to any one of claims 2 or 3, containing one or more compounds representing 2 or 3.
  5. 前記一般式(L)中のR44及びR45の少なくとも1つ以上が以下の式(LRd)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (式中RLd1は水素原子又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基を表し、mLdは0~5の整数を表し、式中の黒点は環構造中の炭素原子、又は環構造中の炭素原子に結合する酸素原子を表す。)
    で表される基であり、且つm41が1又は2である化合物を1種又は2種以上含有する請求項3又は4のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示素子。
    In the general formula (L), at least one of R 44 and R 45 is represented by the following formula (LRd):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (In the formula, R Ld1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, m Ld represents an integer of 0 to 5, and a black dot in the formula represents a carbon atom in the ring structure or a carbon atom in the ring structure. Represents an oxygen atom bonded to an atom.)
    In a group represented by and the liquid crystal display device according to any one of claims 3 or 4 m 41 contains one or more compounds which are 1 or 2.
  6. 式(NRd)で表される基を有し、且つ式(NRd)で表される基を有する一般式(N-1)、(N-2)及び(N-3)で表される化合物中のnN11+nN12、nN21+nN22及びnN31+nN32は2又は3である化合物、及び式(LRd)で表される基を有し、且つm41が1又は2である化合物の含有量の総量が液晶組成物において5質量%以上である請求項5に記載の液晶組成物。 In the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) having a group represented by the formula (NRd) and having a group represented by the formula (NRd) N N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 and n N31 + n N32 are 2 or 3, and a compound having a group represented by the formula (LRd) and m 41 is 1 or 2 The liquid crystal composition according to claim 5, wherein the total amount of is 5% by mass or more in the liquid crystal composition.
  7. 前記液晶組成物が、更に、酸化防止剤、光酸化防止剤、光安定剤、紫外線吸収剤及び赤外線吸収剤から選ばれる添加剤を1種又は2種以上含有する請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示素子。 7. The liquid crystal composition according to claim 1, further comprising one or more additives selected from an antioxidant, a photo-antioxidant, a light stabilizer, an ultraviolet absorber and an infrared absorber. The liquid crystal display element according to one item.
  8. 前記第一電極と第二電極との間の電極間距離:Gと液晶層の厚さ:Hとの差が、0≦G-H≦0.5μmの関係を満たす請求項1~7のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示素子。 The difference between the distance between the first electrode and the second electrode: G and the thickness of the liquid crystal layer: H satisfies a relationship of 0 ≦ GH−0.5 μm. A liquid crystal display element according to claim 1.
  9. 前記第一電極と第二電極との間の電極間距離:Gと、前記第一電極及び/又は第二電極の電極幅:Wが、G-W≦3μmの関係を満たす請求項1~8のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示素子。 The distance between the first electrode and the second electrode: G and the electrode width of the first electrode and / or the second electrode: W satisfy the relationship of GW ≦ 3 μm. Liquid crystal display element as described in any one of these.
  10. 前記第一電極及び/又は第二電極の電極幅:Wが3μm以下である請求項1~9のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示素子。 10. The liquid crystal display element according to claim 1, wherein an electrode width: W of the first electrode and / or the second electrode is 3 μm or less.
  11. 前記第一電極及び第二電極が同一の層に形成された請求項1~10のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal display element according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the first electrode and the second electrode are formed in the same layer.
PCT/JP2017/017498 2017-05-09 2017-05-09 Liquid crystal display element WO2018207247A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2017/017498 WO2018207247A1 (en) 2017-05-09 2017-05-09 Liquid crystal display element

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2017/017498 WO2018207247A1 (en) 2017-05-09 2017-05-09 Liquid crystal display element

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018207247A1 true WO2018207247A1 (en) 2018-11-15

Family

ID=64104527

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/017498 WO2018207247A1 (en) 2017-05-09 2017-05-09 Liquid crystal display element

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2018207247A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012121174A1 (en) * 2011-03-09 2012-09-13 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display panel, liquid crystal display device, and liquid crystal display cell
CN103592792A (en) * 2013-09-30 2014-02-19 河北工业大学 Quick-response liquid crystal display in in-plane switching mode
WO2017010348A1 (en) * 2015-07-14 2017-01-19 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element in which same is used
WO2017098954A1 (en) * 2015-12-07 2017-06-15 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display element

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012121174A1 (en) * 2011-03-09 2012-09-13 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display panel, liquid crystal display device, and liquid crystal display cell
CN103592792A (en) * 2013-09-30 2014-02-19 河北工业大学 Quick-response liquid crystal display in in-plane switching mode
WO2017010348A1 (en) * 2015-07-14 2017-01-19 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element in which same is used
WO2017098954A1 (en) * 2015-12-07 2017-06-15 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display element

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5761468B2 (en) Nematic liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP5900718B1 (en) Nematic liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP6206750B1 (en) Composition and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP6610833B2 (en) Spontaneous alignment aid for liquid crystal composition
JP6399261B1 (en) Spontaneous alignment aid for liquid crystal composition
WO2017098954A1 (en) Liquid crystal display element
JP2020052305A (en) Method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element
JP6565648B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element
JP6566153B1 (en) Nematic liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP6132122B2 (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device using the same
WO2020044833A1 (en) Liquid crystal composition
WO2018043144A1 (en) Liquid crystal display element
WO2017195585A1 (en) Liquid crystal display element
JP2017222749A (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
WO2016052006A1 (en) Composition and liquid crystal display element using same
JP6409995B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element
WO2018207247A1 (en) Liquid crystal display element
WO2018105378A1 (en) Liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal display element and liquid crystal display
WO2018105379A1 (en) Liquid-crystal composition, liquid-crystal display element, and liquid-crystal display
WO2018105377A1 (en) Liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal display element, and liquid crystal display
WO2018207635A1 (en) Composition and liquid crystal display element using this
JP7318204B2 (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
JP6296321B1 (en) Composition and liquid crystal display element
WO2020075508A1 (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
WO2016056313A1 (en) Composition and liquid crystal display element using same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17909224

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17909224

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP